WO2002092842A2 - Acides nucleiques et proteines correspondantes dits 101p3a11 ou phor-1 servant au traitement et a la detection de cancers - Google Patents

Acides nucleiques et proteines correspondantes dits 101p3a11 ou phor-1 servant au traitement et a la detection de cancers Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2002092842A2
WO2002092842A2 PCT/US2002/015520 US0215520W WO02092842A2 WO 2002092842 A2 WO2002092842 A2 WO 2002092842A2 US 0215520 W US0215520 W US 0215520W WO 02092842 A2 WO02092842 A2 WO 02092842A2
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
protein
antibody
cells
cancer
cell
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/US2002/015520
Other languages
English (en)
Other versions
WO2002092842A3 (fr
Inventor
Aya Jakobovits
Mary Faris
Arthur B. Raitano
Robert Kendall Morrison
Douglas Saffran
Wangmao Ge
Pia M. Challita-Eid
Original Assignee
Agensys, Inc.
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Priority claimed from US10/001,469 external-priority patent/US7208280B2/en
Priority claimed from US10/017,066 external-priority patent/US6838258B2/en
Application filed by Agensys, Inc. filed Critical Agensys, Inc.
Priority to IL15886002A priority Critical patent/IL158860A0/xx
Priority to JP2002589708A priority patent/JP2005512509A/ja
Priority to AU2002309873A priority patent/AU2002309873B2/en
Priority to EP02736898A priority patent/EP1539805A4/fr
Priority to CA002447564A priority patent/CA2447564A1/fr
Publication of WO2002092842A2 publication Critical patent/WO2002092842A2/fr
Priority to IL158860A priority patent/IL158860A/en
Publication of WO2002092842A3 publication Critical patent/WO2002092842A3/fr
Priority to AU2008200363A priority patent/AU2008200363B2/en

Links

Classifications

    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07K—PEPTIDES
    • C07K14/00—Peptides having more than 20 amino acids; Gastrins; Somatostatins; Melanotropins; Derivatives thereof
    • C07K14/435—Peptides having more than 20 amino acids; Gastrins; Somatostatins; Melanotropins; Derivatives thereof from animals; from humans
    • C07K14/46—Peptides having more than 20 amino acids; Gastrins; Somatostatins; Melanotropins; Derivatives thereof from animals; from humans from vertebrates
    • C07K14/47—Peptides having more than 20 amino acids; Gastrins; Somatostatins; Melanotropins; Derivatives thereof from animals; from humans from vertebrates from mammals
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P35/00—Antineoplastic agents
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07K—PEPTIDES
    • C07K16/00—Immunoglobulins [IGs], e.g. monoclonal or polyclonal antibodies
    • C07K16/18—Immunoglobulins [IGs], e.g. monoclonal or polyclonal antibodies against material from animals or humans
    • C07K16/28—Immunoglobulins [IGs], e.g. monoclonal or polyclonal antibodies against material from animals or humans against receptors, cell surface antigens or cell surface determinants
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K39/00—Medicinal preparations containing antigens or antibodies
    • A61K2039/505—Medicinal preparations containing antigens or antibodies comprising antibodies
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07K—PEPTIDES
    • C07K2317/00—Immunoglobulins specific features
    • C07K2317/30—Immunoglobulins specific features characterized by aspects of specificity or valency
    • C07K2317/34—Identification of a linear epitope shorter than 20 amino acid residues or of a conformational epitope defined by amino acid residues

Definitions

  • the invention described herein relates to a gene and its encoded protein, termed 101P3A11 or PHOR-1, expressed in certain cancers, and to diagnostic and therapeutic methods and compositions useful in the management of cancers that express 101P3A11.
  • Cancer is the second leading cause of human death next to coronary disease. Worldwide, millions of people die from cancer every year. In the United States alone, as reported by the American Cancer Society, cancer causes the death of well over a half-million people annually, with over 1.2 million new cases diagnosed per year. While deaths from heart disease have been declining significantly, those resulting from cancer generally are on the rise. In the early part of the next century, cancer is predicted to become the leading cause of death.
  • carcinomas of the lung, prostate, breast, colon, pancreas, and ovary represent the primary causes of cancer death. These and virtually all other carcinomas share a common lethal feature. With very few exceptions, metastatic disease from a carcinoma is fatal. Moreover, even for those cancer patients who initially survive their primary cancers, common experience has shown that their lives are dramatically altered. Many cancer patients experience strong anxieties driven by the awareness of the potential for recurrence or treatment failure. Many cancer patients experience physical debilitations following treatment. Furthermore, many cancer patients experience a recurrence.
  • prostate cancer is the fourth most prevalent cancer in men. In North America and Northern Europe, it is by far the most common cancer in males and is the second leading cause of cancer death in men. In the United States alone, well over 30,000 men die annually of this disease - second only to lung cancer. Despite the magnitude of these figures, there is still no effective treatment for metastatic prostate cancer. Surgical prostatectomy, radiation therapy, hormone ablation therapy, surgical castration and chemotherapy continue to be the main treatment modalities. Unfortunately, these treatments are ineffective for many and are often associated with undesirable consequences.
  • PSA serum prostate specific antigen
  • the LAPC Los Angeles Prostate Cancer
  • SCID severe combined immune deficient mice
  • More recently identified prostate cancer markers include PCTA-1 (Su et al., 1996, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci.
  • PSM prostate-specific membrane
  • STEAP Human, et al, Proc Natl Acad Sci U S A. 1999 Dec 7; 96(25): 14523-8
  • PSCA prostate stem cell antigen
  • Renal cell carcinoma accounts for approximately 3 percent of adult malignancies. Once adenomas reach a diameter of 2 to 3 cm, malignant potential exists. In the adult, the two principal malignant renal tumors are renal cell adenocarcinoma and transitional cell carcinoma of the renal pelvis or ureter. The incidence of renal cell adenocarcinoma is estimated at more than 29,000 cases in the United States, and more than 11,600 patients died of this disease in 1998. Transitional cell carcinoma is less frequent, with an incidence of approximately 500 cases per year in the United States.
  • bladder cancer represents approximately 5 percent in men (fifth most common neoplasm) and 3 percent in women (eighth most common neoplasm). The incidence is increasing slowly, concurrent with an increasing older population. In 1998, there was an estimated 54,500 cases, including 39,500 in men and 15,000 in women. The age-adjusted incidence in the United States is 32 per 100,000 for men and 8 per 100,000 in women. The historic male/female ratio of 3:1 may be decreasing related to smoking patterns in women. There were an estimated 11,000 deaths from bladder cancer in 1998 (7,800 in men and 3,900 in women). Bladder cancer incidence and mortality strongly increase with age and will be an increasing problem as the population becomes more elderly.
  • bladder cancers recur in the bladder.
  • Bladder cancer is managed with a combination of transurethral resection of the bladder (TUR) and intravesical chemotherapy or immunotherapy.
  • TUR transurethral resection of the bladder
  • the multifocal and recurrent nature of bladder cancer points out the limitations of TUR.
  • Most muscle-invasive cancers are not cured by TUR alone. Radical cystectomy and urinary diversion is the most effective means to eliminate the cancer but carry an undeniable impact on urinary and sexual function. There continues to be a significant need for treatment modalities that are beneficial for bladder cancer patients.
  • Treatment options for lung and bronchial cancer are determined by the type and stage of the cancer and include surgery, radiation therapy, and chemotherapy. For many localized cancers, surgery is usually the treatment of choice. Because the disease has usually spread by the time it is discovered, radiation therapy and chemotherapy are often needed in combination with surgery. Chemotherapy alone or combined with radiation is the treatment of choice for small cell lung cancer; on this regimen, a large percentage of patients experience remission, which in some cases is long lasting. There is however, an ongoing need for effective treatment and diagnostic approaches for lung and bronchial cancers.
  • breast cancer In the U.S. alone, there were an estimated 41,200 deaths (40,800 women, 400 men) in 2000 due to breast cancer. Breast cancer ranks second among cancer deaths in women. According to the most recent data, mortality rates declined significantly during 1992-1996 with the largest decreases in younger women, both white and black. These decreases were probably the result of earlier detection and improved treatment. Taking into account the medical circumstances and the patient's preferences, treatment of breast cancer may involve lumpectomy (local removal of the tumor) and removal of the lymph nodes under the arm; mastectomy (surgical removal of the breast) and removal of the lymph nodes under the arm; radiation therapy; chemotherapy; or hormone therapy. Often, two or more methods are used in combination.
  • DCIS ductal carcinoma in situ
  • Surgery, radiation therapy, and chemotherapy are treatment options for ovarian cancer.
  • Surgery usually includes the removal of one or both ovaries, the fallopian tubes (salpingo-oophorectomy), and the uterus (hysterectomy).
  • the fallopian tubes salivary-oophorectomy
  • the uterus hematoma-oophorectomy
  • pancreatic cancer There were an estimated 28,300 new cases of pancreatic cancer in the United States in 2000. Over the past 20 years, rates of pancreatic cancer have declined in men. Rates among women have remained approximately constant but may be beginning to decline. Pancreatic cancer caused an estimated 28,200 deaths in 2000 in the United States. Over the past 20 years, there has been a slight but significant decrease in mortality rates among men (about -0.9% per year) while rates have increased slightly among women.
  • pancreatic cancer Surgery, radiation therapy, and chemotherapy are treatment options for pancreatic cancer. These treatment options can extend survival and/or relieve symptoms in many patients but are not likely to produce a cure for most. There is a significant need for additional therapeutic and diagnostic options for pancreatic cancer.
  • G Protein-Coupled Receptors share a common structural motif. All these receptors have seven sequences of between 22 to 24 hydrophobic amino acids that form seven alpha helices, each of which spans the membrane. The transmembrane helices are joined by strands of amino acids having a larger loop between the fourth and fifth transmembrane helix on the extracellular side of the membrane. Another larger loop, composed primarily of hydrophilic amino acids, joins transmembrane helices five and six on the intracellular side of the membrane. The carboxy terminus of the receptor lies intracellularly with the amino terminus in the extracellular space.
  • GPCRs exist in the cell membrane in equilibrium between two different states or conformations: an "inactive" state and an "active" state.
  • a receptor in an inactive state is unable to link to the intracellular transduction pathway to produce a biological response. Changing the receptor conformation to the active state allows linkage to the transduction pathway and produces a biological response.
  • a receptor may be stabilized in an active state by an endogenous ligand or an exogenous agonist ligand.
  • Recent discoveries, including but not exclusively limited to, modifications to the amino acid sequence of the receptor provide alternative mechanisms other than ligands to stabilize the active state conformation. These approaches effectively stabilize the receptor in an active state by simulating the effect of a ligand binding to the receptor. Stabilization by such ligand-independent approaches is termed "constitutive receptor activation.”
  • a receptor for which the endogenous ligand is unknown or not identified is referred to as an "orphan receptor.”
  • the present invention relates to a gene, designated 101P3A11, that has now been found to be over- expressed in the cancer(s) listed in Table I.
  • Northern blot expression analysis of 101P3A11 gene expression in normal tissues shows a restricted expression pattern in adult tissues.
  • the nucleotide ( Figure 2) and amino acid ( Figure 2, and Figure 3) sequences of 101P3A11 are provided.
  • the invention provides polynucleotides corresponding or complementary to all or part of the 101P3A11 genes, mRNAs, and or coding sequences, preferably in isolated form, including polynucleotides encoding 101P3Al l-related proteins and fragments of 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 1 1, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, or more than 25 contiguous amino acids; at least 30, 35, 40, 45, 50, 55, 60, 65, 70, 317 or 318; or more than 317 or 318 contiguous amino acids of a 101P3A11 -related protein, as well as the peptides/proteins themselves; DNA, RNA, DNA/RNA hybrids, and related molecules, polynucleotides or oligonucleotides complementary or having at least a 90% homology to the 101P3A11 genes or mRNA sequences or parts thereof, and polynucleotides or oligonucleotides that hybridize to the 101P3A11 genes
  • Recombinant DNA molecules containing 101P3A11 polynucleotides, cells transformed or transduced with such molecules, and host-vector systems for the expression of 101P3A1 1 gene products are also provided.
  • the invention further provides antibodies that bind to 101P3A1 1 proteins and polypeptide fragments thereof, including polyclonal and monoclonal antibodies, murine and other mammalian antibodies, chimeric antibodies, humanized and fully human antibodies, and antibodies labeled with a detectable marker or therapeutic agent.
  • the entire nucleic acid sequence of Figure 2 is not encoded and/or the entire amino acid sequence of Figure 2 is not prepared, either of which can be in respective human unit dose forms. In certain embodiments, the entire nucleic acid sequence of Figure 2 is encoded and/or the entire amino acid sequence of Figure 2 is prepared, either of which can be in respective human unit dose forms.
  • the invention further provides methods for detecting the presence and status of 101P3A1 1 polynucleotides and proteins in various biological samples, as well as methods for identifying cells that express 101 P3 A 11.
  • a typical embodiment of this invention provides methods for monitoring 101P3A11 gene products in a tissue or hematology sample having or suspected of having some form of growth dysregulation such as cancer.
  • the invention further provides various immunogenic or therapeutic compositions and strategies for treating cancers that express 101P3A11 such as cancers of tissues listed in Table I, including therapies aimed at inhibiting the transcription, translation, processing or function of 101P3A11 as well as cancer vaccines.
  • the invention provides compositions, and methods comprising them, for treating a cancer that expresses 101P3A11 in a human subject wherein the composition comprises a carrier suitable for human use and a human unit dose of one or more than one agent that inhibits the production or function of 101P3A11.
  • the carrier is a uniquely human carrier.
  • the agent is a moiety that is immunoreactive with 101P3A11 protein.
  • Non-limiting examples of such moieties include, but are not limited to, antibodies (such as single chain, monoclonal, polyclonal, humanized, chimeric, or human antibodies), functional equivalents thereof (whether naturally occurring or synthetic), and combinations thereof.
  • the antibodies can be conjugated to a diagnostic or therapeutic moiety.
  • the agent is a small molecule as defined herein.
  • the agent comprises one or more than one peptide which comprises a cytotoxic T lymphocyte (CTL) epitope that binds an HLA class I molecule in a human to elicit a CTL response to 101P3A11 and/or one or more than one peptide which comprises a helper T lymphocyte (HTL) epitope which binds an HLA class II molecule in a human to elicit an HTL response.
  • CTL cytotoxic T lymphocyte
  • HTL helper T lymphocyte
  • the peptides of the invention may be on the same or on one or more separate polypeptide molecules.
  • the agent comprises one or more than one nucleic acid molecule that expresses one or more than one of the CTL or HTL response stimulating peptides as described above.
  • the one or more than one nucleic acid molecule may express a moiety that is immunologically reactive with 101P3A11 as described above.
  • the one or more than one nucleic acid molecule may also be, or encodes, a molecule that inhibits production of 101P3A11.
  • Non-limiting examples of such molecules include, but are not limited to, those complementary to a nucleotide sequence essential for production of 101P3A11 (e.g. antisense sequences or molecules that form a triple helix with a nucleotide double helix essential for 101P3A1 1 production) or a ribozyme effective to lyse 101P3A11 mRNA.
  • HLA Peptide Tables respective to its parental protein, e.g., variant 1, variant 2, etc.
  • search Peptides in Table LII Generally, a unique Search Peptide is used to obtain HLA peptides of a partiular for a particular variant. The position of each Search Peptide relative to its respective parent molecule is listed in Table LII.
  • a Search Peptide begins at position "X"
  • a particular Search Peptide begins at position 150 of is parental molecule, one must add 150 - 1, i.e., 149 to each HLA peptide amino acid position to calculate the position of that amino acid in the parent molecule.
  • FIG. 1 The 101P3A11 SSH sequence.
  • Figures 2A-2C The cDNA and amino acid sequence of 101P3A11 variants 1-3.
  • the start methionine is underlined.
  • the open reading frame for variants 1 and 3 extends from nucleic acid 133 to 1086 including the stop codon,
  • the codon for the initial M in each variant can be omitted as the shorter peptide can have a more favorable Kozak sequence).
  • Figure 3A-C Amino acid sequences of 101P3A11 variants 1-3.
  • FIG. 4 Alignment of 101P3A11 (Sbjct) with mouse olfactory receptor S25 (Query.)
  • the transmembrane regions of 101P3A11 and mouse olfactory receptor S25 (ORS25)predicted using the TMHMM algorithm are highlighted in gray.
  • the amino acids of ORS25 predicted (Floriano, W.B., et al, 2000, Proc. Natl. Acad.
  • Figure 7 Percent accessible residues amino acid profile of 101P3A11 determined by computer algorithm sequence analysis using the method of Janin (Janin J., 1979 Nature 277:491-492) accessed on the ProtScale website (www.expasy.ch/cgi-bin/protscale.pl) through the ExPasy molecular biology server.
  • Figure 8 Average flexibility amino acid profile of 101P3A11 determined by computer algorithm sequence analysis using the method of Bhaskaran and Ponnuswamy (Bhaskaran R., and Ponnuswamy P.K., 1988. Int. J. Pept. Protein Res. 32:242-255) accessed on the ProtScale website (www.expasy.ch/cgi-bin/protscale.pl) through the ExPasy molecular biology server.
  • Beta-rum amino acid profile of 101P3A1 1 determined by computer algorithm sequence analysis using the method of Deleage and Roux (Dcleage, G., Roux B. 1987 Protein Engineering 1 :289-294) accessed on the ProtScale website (www.expasy.ch/cgi-bin protscale.pl) through the ExPasy molecular biology server.
  • Figure 10 A Expression of 101P3A11 by RT-PCR. First strand cDNA was prepared from vital pool 1 (VP1 : liver, lung and kidney), vital pool 2 (VP2, pancreas, colon and stomach), prostate xenograft pool, prostate cancer pool, kidney cancer pool , colon cancer pool, breast cancer pool, and cancer metastasis pool.
  • vital pool 1 VP1 : liver, lung and kidney
  • vital pool 2 VP2, pancreas, colon and stomach
  • prostate xenograft pool prostate cancer pool
  • kidney cancer pool colon cancer pool
  • breast cancer pool and cancer metastasis pool.
  • FIG. 10B Expression of 101P3A11 in human cancers demonstrated by dot blot analysis of tumor RNA (T) and normal RNA (N) matched samples using patient-derived amplified cDNAs. Up-regulation of PHOR-1 expression was found in 3 of 3 prostate cancer patients, 6 of 14 kidney cancer patients, 2 of 8 uterine cancer patients, 3 of 8 stomach cancer patients and 7 of 7 rectal cancer patients.
  • RNA was extracted from a pool of three prostate cancer tumors, kidney cancer tumors, colon cancer tumors, breast cancer tumors, and a cancer metastasis pool derived from cancer patients, as well as from normal prostate (NP), normal bladder (NB), normal kidney (NK) and normal colon (NC).
  • Northern blots with 10 ⁇ g of total RNA/lane were probed with a 101P3A11 fragment. Size standards in kilobases (kb) are indicated on the side.
  • the results showed expression of 101P3A11 in prostate cancer tumors, kidney cancer tumors, colon cancer tumors, breast cancer tumors, cancer metastasis pool, bladder cancer pool, and in the normal prostate but not in the other normal tissues.
  • a picture of the ethidium-bromide staining of the RNA gel is also presented.
  • Figure 12A Expression of 101P3A11 in prostate cancer patient specimens.
  • RNA was extracted from prostate tumors (T) and their normal adjacent tissues (Nat) derived from prostate cancer patients.
  • Northern blots with 10 ⁇ g of total RNA/lane were probed with 101P3A11 sequences. Results show upregulated expression of 101P3A11 in 8 of 10 tumor specimens.
  • FIG. 12B Photomicrograph showing 101P3A11 expression in prostatic intraepithelial neoplasia (PIN) by in situ hybridization with an anti-sense 101P3A11 riboprobe.
  • FIG. 12C Photomicrograph showing 101P3A11 expression in prostate cancer tissue by in situ hybridization with an anti-sense 101P3A11 riboprobe.
  • FIG. 12D Photomicrograph showing 101P3A11 expression in prostate cancer by in situ hybridization with an anti-sense 101P3A11 riboprobe. Note up-regulation of expression relative to normal prostate, FIG. 12E.
  • FIG. 12E Photomicrograph showing 101P3A11 expression in normal prostate by in situ hybridization with an anti-sense 101P3A11 riboprobe.
  • FIG. 13 Expression of 101P3A11 in colon cancer patient specimens.
  • RNA was extracted from colon tumors (T) and their normal adjacent tissues (Nat) derived from colon cancer patients.
  • Northern blots with 10 ⁇ g of total RNA/lane were probed with 101P3A11 sequences. Size standards in kilobases (kb) are indicated on the side.
  • Results showed expression of 101P3A11 in colon tumors but not in normal tissues. Expression was also seen in the colon cancer cell line T84. A picture of the ethidium-bromide staining of the RNA gel is also presented.
  • FIG. 14 Expression of 101 3 ⁇ 1 1 in kidney cancer patient specimens.
  • RNA was extracted from kidney tumors (T) and their normal adjacent tissues (Nat) derived from kidney cancer patients. Northern blots with 10 ⁇ g of total RNA/lane were probed with 101P3A11 sequences. Size standards in kilobases (kb) are indicated on the side. The results showed expression of 101P3A11 in five of six kidney tumor specimens. The expression detected in normal adjacent tissues (isolated from diseased tissues) but not in normal tissues (isolated from healthy donors) indicates that these tissues are not fully normal and that 101P3A11 is expressed in early stage tumors. A picture of the ethidium-bromide staining of the RNA gel is also presented.
  • FIGS 15A-15C Androgen regulation of 101P3A11 in tissue culture cells.
  • LAPC-9 cells were grown in charcoal-stripped medium and stimulated with the synthetic androgen mibolerone, for either 14 or 24 hours.
  • Northern blots with 10 ⁇ g of total RNA/lane were probed with 101P3A11 sequences ( Figure 15 A).
  • Figure 15C A picture of the ethidium-bromide staining of the RNA gel is also presented ( Figure 15C). Results showed expression of 101P3A11 was not regulated by androgen.
  • the experimental samples were confirmed by testing for the expression of the androgen-regulated prostate cancer gene PSA ( Figure 15B). This experiment showed that, as expected, PSA levels go down in presence of charcoal-stripped serum, and expression is induced at 14 and 24 hours in presence of mibolerone.
  • FIG. 16 Androgen regulation of 101P3A11 in vivo.
  • Male mice were injected with LAPC-9AD tumor cells. When tumors reached a palpable size (0.3-0.5cm in diameter), mice were castrated and tumors harvested at different time points following the castration.
  • RNA was isolated from the xenograft tissues. Northern blots with 10 ⁇ g of total RNA/lane were probed with 101P3A1 Isequences. Size standards in kilobases (kb) are indicated on the side. A picture of the ethidium-bromide staining of the RNA gel is also presented. The results showed that expression of 101P3A11 is not androgen regulated.
  • FIG. 17 Expression and detection of 101P3A1 l(159-202)-psecFc fusion protein.
  • the 101P3A1 l(159-202)-psecFc vector was constructed.
  • the recombinant expression vector DNA was transfected into either 293T cells or Cos-7 cells. Cells as well as culture supernatants (media) were harvested 24 hours later. The cells were lysed, and run on SDS-PAGE gel along with the media samples. The gel was transferred to nitrocellulose, stained with HRP-labeled anti-human IgG and developed using the ECL chemiluminescence detection kit. Results showed expression of the 101P3A1 l(159-202)-psecFc fusion protein in the lysates of both 293T and Cos-7 cells. The 101P3A1 l(159-202)-psecFc fusion protein was also secreted and detected in the culture supernatants of both cell types.
  • FIG. 18 Expression of 101P3A11 in 300.19 cells following retroviral-mediated gene delivery.
  • 300.19 cells were transduced with the pSR ⁇ retroviral vector encoding the 101P3A11 gene. Following selection with neomycin, the cells were expanded and RNA was extracted. A Northern blot with 10 ⁇ g of total RNA/lane was probed with the 101P3A11 sequence. Size standards in kilobases (kb) are indicated on the side. Results showed expression of the 101P3A11 transcript driven from the retroviral LTR.
  • LAPC-4AD and LAPC-9 AD showed expression of the endogenous 101P3A11 transcript. The figure shows results of a short exposure of the autoradiogram.
  • Figures 19 A-19C Secondary structure and transmembrane prediction for 101P3 Al l.
  • Figure 19B is a schematic representation of the probability of existence of transmembrane regions and orientation of 101P3A11 based on the TMpred algorithm of Hofmann and Stoffel which utilizes TMBASE (K. Hofmann, W. Stoffel. TMBASE - A database of membrane spanning protein segments Biol. Chem. Hoppe-Seyler 374: 166, 1993).
  • Figure 19C is a schematic representation of the probability of the existence of transmembrane regions and the extracellular and intracellular orientation of 101P3A11 based on the TMHMM algorithm of Sonnhammer, von Heijne, and Krogh (Erik L.L.
  • FIG. 20 Expression of 101P3A11 in NIH-3T3 Tumors. Mice were injected subcutaneously with control 3T3-neo or NIH3T3 cells expressing 101P3A11. Tumors were allowed to grow, the mice were then sacrificed and tumors harvested. RNA was isolated from LAPC-4AD and LAPC-4AI xenografts, 3T3-neo and 3T3-101P3A11 cells grown in culture were used as controls. RNA isolated from six different tumors derived from 3T3-101P3A11 cells (Tumor #1-3) were compared by Northern blotting. Northern blots with 10 ⁇ g of total RNA/lane were probed with 101P3A11 sequence.
  • Results showed expression of 101P3A11 in all 3T3-101P3A11 tumors as well as in 3T3/101P3A11 cells used to derive the tumors, but not in the negative control cells 3T3/neo cells.
  • FIG. 101P3A11 Induces Tumor Formation of 3T3 Cells.
  • Injection of 106 3T3-neo, 3T3-Ras or 3T3-101P3A11 cells 106 of the indicated cells mixed with Matrigel
  • 6/6 3T3-vl2Ras-injected mice formed tumors
  • 6/6 3T3-101P3A11- injected mice formed tumors
  • 0/6 3T3-neo-injected mice formed tumors.
  • PTX reduces the in vivo growth of 3T3-101P3A11 Tumors.
  • Pertussis toxin was found to inhibit the sub-cutaneous growth of 3T3-101P3A11 tumors in SCID mice in a dose dependent manner.
  • Figure 24 Alignment of 101P3A11 -PHOR-1 (Phor) with the human prostate specific GPCR.(gi
  • Figure 25 Alignment of 101P3A11-PHOR-l (Phor) with human olfactory receptor 51112, HOR5, (gi
  • FIG. 101P3A11 Modulated Tyrosine Phosphorylation in NIH-3T3 Cells.
  • 101P3A1 1 mediated the de-phosphorylation of proteins at 200, 120-140, 85-90 and 55 kDa.
  • 101P3A11 induced the phosphorylation of proteins at 80 and 29 kDa in NIH-3T3 cells.
  • FIG. 27 ERK Phosphorylation by PCR ligands in 101P3 Al l Expressing Cells.
  • FBS lipophosphatidic acid, gastrin releasing peptide, leukotriene and platelet activating factor induced the phosphorylation of ERK in 101P3A11 expressing cells.
  • FIG. 28 Inhibition of 101P3A11 -Mediated ERK Activation by PD98059. ERK phosphorylation was inhibited by a MEK specific(PD98059) but not a p38 specific (SB203580) inhibitor in PC3-101P3A1 1 cells.
  • Figure 29 Enhanced ERK Phosphorylation in Sodium Orthovanadate Treated PC3-101P3A11 Cells. Sodium orthovanadate induced increased ERK phosphorylation in PC3-101P3A1 1 cells relative to PC3-neo cells.
  • Figure 30 Inhibition of 101P3A11-Mediated ERK Phosphorylation by AG1517.
  • the EGFR inhibitor, AG1517 inhibits EGF-mediated ERK phosphorylation in control and 101P3A11 -expressing PC3 cells.
  • AG1517 partially inhibits 101P3A11 mediated ERK phosphorylation in PC3 cells.
  • FIGS 31A-31B Activation of p38 in PC3-101P3A11 Cells. Expression of 101P3 Al l mediates p38 phosphorylation in cells treated with 10%) FBS as shown by blotting with antibodies to phospho-p38 ( Figure 31 A) compared to p38 ( Figure 3 IB).
  • FIG. 101P3A11 Induced Accumulation of cAMP in PC3 Cells. Expression of 101P3A11 increased the accumulation of cAMP in cells treated with 0.1% and 10% FBS. FBS-induced cAMP accumulation in 101P3A11 cells was inhibited by pertussis toxin.
  • FIG. 33 Pertussis Toxin Inhibits 101P3A11 Mediated ERK Phosphorylation. Pertussis toxin inhibited FBS- mediated ERK phosphorylation in 101P3A11 expressing cells.
  • FIG. 34 Pertussis Toxin Inhibited ERK Phosphorylation in PC3-101P3A11 Cells. Pertussis toxin inhibited FBS- mediated ERK phosphorylation in 101P3A11 expressing cells. The inhibitory activity of pertussis toxin on ERK phosphorylation was more dramatic in FBS-trcatcd than EGF or GRP-trcatcd PC3-101 3A1 1 cells
  • Figure 35 Inhibition of 101P3A1 1-mediated signaling by Suranim, a G protein inhibitor.
  • Control N1H 3T3 and 3T3-101P3A11 cells were grown in the presence of absence of G protein inhibitors Surinam and NF449. Proliferation was analyzed by Alamar blue after 72 hours. Suranim and NF449 inhibited the proliferation of 101P3A11 expressing but not control cells.
  • Figures 36A-36B 101P3A11 Mediated ERK Phosphorylation By Conditioned Media.
  • Figure 36A blotting with anti-phospho ERK antibodies;
  • Figure 36B blotting with anti-ERK antibodies.
  • Supernatants from PC3, PC3-101P3A11, PrEC and LAPC42 cells induce ERK phosphorylation in PC3 101P3A11 but not PC3 cells.
  • Supernantants from 3T3 and 293T cells had little specific effect on ERK phosphorylation.
  • FIG. 101P3A11 Enhances the Proliferation of 3T3 Cells. Control NIH 3T3 and 3T3-101P3A11 cells were grown in the presence of absence 0.5 or 10% FBS. Proliferation was analyzed by Alamar blue after 48 hours. Expression of 101P3A11 induced a 6 fold increase in the proliferation of 3T3 cells grown in 0.5% FBS.
  • Figure 38 Inhibition of 101P3A11 Mediated ERK Phosphorylation by 101P3A11 Specific Antibodies. Expression of 101P3A11 induced ERK phosphorylation in 293T cells. Anti-101P3A11 pAb inhibited ERK Phosphorylation in 293T-101P3A11 cells.
  • FIG 39 Anti-101P3A11 Ab Mediated cAMP Accumulation in PC3-101P3A11 Cells. Control PC3 cells and cells expressing 101P3A11 were treated with anti-101P3Al 1 pAb for 2 min and evaluated for intracellular cAMP content. The assay was performed in duplicate.
  • Figures 40A-40F Photomicrographs showing immunohistochemical analysis using anti-101P3Al 1 (peptide 1 ; amino acids 1-14) rabbit polyclonal antibody on formalin fixed and paraffin embedded prostate cancer tissues (Figure 40A); anti-101P3Al l (peptide l; amino acids 1-14) rabbit polyclonal antibody on formalin fixed and paraffin embedded prostate cancer cell line, LNCaP ( Figure 40B); anti-101P3Al 1 (peptide 1; amino acids 1-14) rabbit polyclonal antibody on formalin fixed and paraffin embedded prostate cancer tissues ( Figure 40C); anti-101P3Al 1 (peptide 1 ; amino acids 1-14) rabbit polyclonal antibody on formalin fixed and paraffin embedded normal prostate ( Figure 40D); anti-101P3Al 1 (peptide 1; amino acids 1-14) rabbit polyclonal antibody on formalin fixed and paraffin embedded prostate cancer tissues ( Figure 40E); and anti-101P3Al 1 (peptide 1 ; amino acids 1-14) rabbit polyclonal antibody on formal
  • Figures 41A-41F Photomicrographs showing immunohistochemical analysis using anti-101P3Al 1 (peptide 1 ; amino acids 1-14) rabbit polyclonal antibody on formalin fixed and paraffin embedded prostate cancer tissues (Figure 41A); anti-101P3Al 1 (peptide 1; amino acids 1-14) rabbit polyclonal antibody on formalin fixed and paraffin embedded bladder cancer tissues ( Figure 41B); anti-101P3Al 1 (peptide 1; amino acids 1-14) rabbit polyclonal antibody on formalin fixed and paraffin embedded kidney cancer tissues ( Figure 41C); anti-101P3Al 1 (peptide 1 ; amino acids 1-14) rabbit polyclonal antibody on formalin fixed and paraffin embedded colon cancer tissues ( Figure 41D); anti-101P3Al 1 (peptide 1 ; amino acids 1-14) rabbit polyclonal antibody on formalin fixed and paraffin embedded lung cancer tissues ( Figure 4 IE); and anti-101P3Al 1 (peptide 1 ; amino acids 1-14) rabbit polyclonal antibody on formalin fixed and par
  • Figure 42 shows that 101P3A1 1 induces orthotopic growth of tumors. 5xl0 5 cells were injected orthotopically into SCID mice, 7 mice per group; tumor weight was evaluated 24-25 days post cell injection.
  • Figure 43 shows that 101P3A11 induces colony formation in a soft agar assay.
  • Figure 48 Recognition of PHOR-1 protein in transfected 293T cells by sera from GST-PHOR-1 immunized mice.
  • Figure 49 Data showing that four hybridomas reactive to MBP-PHOR-1 exhibited strong specific reactivity to PHOR-1 protein expressed in cells. This was demonstrated by Western analysis of 293T cells transfected with the epitope tagged PHOR-1 cDNA
  • Figure 50 Mouse polyclonal antibodies raised to amino acids 1-23 detect PHOR-1 expressed in 293T cells
  • FIG. 60 AGS-3 Induces Intratibial Tumor Growth of 3T3Cells
  • FIG. 66 Expression and detection of 101P3A1 l .GFP fusion protein.
  • the pcDNA3.1/101P3Al l.GFP vector was constructed. 293T cells were transfected with either the pcDNA3.1/101P3Al l.GFP recombinant expression vector (A), pcDNA3.1/GFP vector (B) or control pcDNA3.1 vector (C). Cells were harvested 24 hours later and analyzed by microscopy for detection of green fluorescence. Results show expression of the 101P3A1 l.GFP fusion protein is localized mostly at the cell membrane, whereas expression of the free GFP is throughout the cells. The control vector did not show any fluorescence.
  • the 101P3A11.GFP fusion protein is expressed from the pCDNA3.1/101P3Al l.GFP construct, and that the fusion protein is localized at the cell membrane.
  • Figure 67 The cDNA and amino acid sequence of the open reading frames of codon optimized S101P3A11 v.l (A) and sl01P3Al 1 v.3 (B).
  • FIG. 68 Expression and detection of codon optimized si 01P3A1 l.GFP fusion protein.
  • the pcDNA3.1/sl01P3Al l.GFP vector for codon optimized 101P3A11 was constructed. 293T cells were transfected with either pcDNA3.1 vector control (light line), or one of the three different pcDNA3. l/sl01P3Al 1.GFP vector clones, 1G2, 2G3, or 3H5 (dark line). Cells were harvested 24 hours later and either analyzed directly for green fluorescence (A), or stained viably using polyclonal anti-101P3Al 1 antibody (B) and analyzed by flow cytometry. Results show strong expression of the codon optimized PHOR-1.GFP fusion protein at the cell surface.
  • prostate cancer and “locally advanced disease” mean prostate cancers that have extended through the prostate capsule, and are meant to include stage C disease under the American Urological Association (AUA) system, stage CI - C2 disease under the Whitmore-Jewett system, and stage T3 - T4 and N+ disease under the TNM (tumor, node, metastasis) system.
  • AUA American Urological Association
  • stage CI - C2 disease under the Whitmore-Jewett system
  • TNM tumor, node, metastasis
  • surgery is not recommended for patients with locally advanced disease, and these patients have substantially less favorable outcomes compared to patients having clinically localized (organ-confined) prostate cancer.
  • Locally advanced disease is clinically identified by palpable evidence of induration beyond the lateral border of the prostate, or asymmetry or induration above the prostate base.
  • Locally advanced prostate cancer is presently diagnosed pathologically following radical prostatectomy if the tumor invades or penetrates the prostatic capsule, extends into the surgical margin, or invades the seminal
  • “Altering the native glycosylation pattern” is intended for purposes herein to mean deleting one or more carbohydrate moieties found in native sequence 101P3A11 (either by removing the underlying glycosylation site or by deleting the glycosylation by chemical and/or enzymatic means), and/or adding one or more glycosylation sites that are not present in the native sequence 101P3A11.
  • the phrase includes qualitative changes in the glycosylation of the native proteins, involving a change in the nature and proportions of the various carbohydrate moieties present.
  • analog refers to a molecule which is structurally similar or shares similar or corresponding attributes with another molecule (e.g. a 101P3A11-related protein).
  • a 101P3A11-related protein e.g. an analog of a 101P3A11 protein can be specifically bound by an antibody or T cell that specifically binds to 101P3A11.
  • Antibody is used in the broadest sense. Therefore an “antibody” can be naturally occurring or man-made such as monoclonal antibodies produced by conventional hybridoma technology.
  • Anti-101P3A11 antibodies comprise monoclonal and polyclonal antibodies as well as fragments containing the antigen-binding domain and/or one or more complementarity determining regions of these antibodies.
  • an “antibody fragment” is defined as at least a portion of the variable region of the immunoglobulin molecule that binds to its target, i.e., the antigen-binding region. In one embodiment it specifically covers single anti-101P3Al 1 antibodies and clones thereof (including agonist, antagonist and neutralizing antibodies) and anti- 101P3A11 antibody compositions with polyepitopic specificity.
  • codon optimized sequences refers to nucleotide sequences that have been optimized for a particular host species by replacing any codons having a usage frequency of less than about 20%. Nucleotide sequences that have been optimized for expression in a given host species by elimination of spurious polyadenylation sequences, elimination of exon/intron splicing signals, elimination of transposon-like repeats and/or optimization of GC content in addition to codon optimization are referred to herein as an "expression enhanced sequences.”
  • cytotoxic agent refers to a substance that inhibits or prevents the expression activity of cells, function of cells and/or causes destruction of cells.
  • the term is intended to include radioactive isotopes chemotherapeutic agents, and toxins such as small molecule toxins or enzymatically active toxins of bacterial, fungal, plant or animal origin, including fragments and/or variants thereof.
  • cytotoxic agents include, but are not limited to maytansinoids, yttrium, bismuth, ricin, ricin A-chain, doxorubicin, daunorubicin, taxol, ethidium bromide, mitomycin, etoposide, tenoposide, vincristine, vinblastine, colchicine, dihydroxy anthracin dione, actinomycin, diphtheria toxin, Pseudomonas exotoxin (PE) A, PE40, abrin, abrin A chain, modeccin A chain, alpha-sarcin, gelonin, mitogellin, retstrictocin, phenomycin, enomycin, curicin, crotin, calicheamicin, sapaonaria officinalis inhibitor, and glucocorticoid and other chemotherapeutic agents, as well as radioisotopes such as At 2 ", I 131 , 1 125
  • homolog refers to a molecule which exhibits homology to another molecule, by for example, having sequences of chemical residues that are the same or similar at corresponding positions.
  • HLA Human Leukocyte Antigen
  • HLA Human Leukocyte Antigen
  • MHC Major Histocompatibility Complex
  • hybridize used in the context of polynucleotides, are meant to refer to conventional hybridization conditions, preferably such as hybridization in 50% formamide/6XSSC/0.1% SDS/100 ⁇ g/ml ssDNA, in which temperatures for hybridization arc above 37 degrees C and temperatures for washing in O.lXSSC/0.1% SDS are above 55 degrees C.
  • isolated or “biologically pure” refer to material which is substantially or essentially free from components which normally accompany the material as it is found in its native state.
  • isolated peptides in accordance with the invention preferably do not contain materials normally associated with the peptides in their in situ environment.
  • a polynucleotide is said to be “isolated”, when it is substantially separated from contaminant polynucleotides that correspond or are complementary to genes other than the 101P3A11 genes or that encode polypeptides other than 101P3A11 gene product or fragments thereof.
  • a skilled artisan can readily employ nucleic acid isolation procedures to obtain an isolated 101P3A11 polynucleotide.
  • a protein is said to be "isolated,” for example, when physical, mechanical or chemical methods are employed to remove the 101P3A11 proteins from cellular constituents that are normally associated with the protein.
  • a skilled artisan can readily employ standard purification methods to obtain an isolated 101P3A11 protein.
  • an isolated protein can be prepared by chemical means.
  • mammal refers to any organism classified as a mammal, including mice, rats, rabbits, dogs, cats, cows, horses and humans. In one embodiment of the invention, the mammal is a mouse. In another embodiment of the invention, the mammal is a human.
  • metastatic prostate cancer and “metastatic disease” mean prostate cancers that have spread to regional lymph nodes or to distant sites, and are meant to include stage D disease under the AUA system and stage TxNxM ⁇ under the TNM system.
  • surgery is generally not indicated for patients with metastatic disease, and hormonal (androgen ablation) therapy is a preferred treatment modality.
  • Patients with metastatic prostate cancer eventually develop an androgen-refractory state within 12 to 18 months of treatment initiation. Approximately half of these androgen-refractory patients die within 6 months after developing that status.
  • the most common site for prostate cancer metastasis is bone. Prostate cancer bone metastases are often osteoblastic rather than osteolytic (i.e., resulting in net bone formation).
  • Bone metastases are found most frequently in the spine, followed by the femur, pelvis, rib cage, skull and humerus. Other common sites for metastasis include lymph nodes, lung, liver and brain. Metastatic prostate cancer is typically diagnosed by open or laparoscopic pelvic lymphadenectomy, whole body radionuclide scans, skeletal radiography, and/or bone lesion biopsy.
  • the term "monoclonal antibody” refers to an antibody obtained from a population of substantially homogeneous antibodies, i.e., the antibodies comprising the population are identical except for possible naturally occurring mutations that are present in minor amounts.
  • a "motif, as in biological motif of a 101P3A11-related protein, refers to any pattern of amino acids forming part of the primary sequence of a protein, that is associated with a particular function (e.g. protein-protein interaction, protein-DNA interaction, etc) or modification (e.g. that is phosphorylated, glycosylated or amidated), or localization (e.g. secretory sequence, nuclear localization sequence, etc.) or a sequence that is correlated with being immunogenic, either humorally or cellularly.
  • a motif can be either contiguous or capable of being aligned to certain positions that are generally correlated with a certain function or property.
  • motif refers to the pattern of residues in a peptide of defined length, usually a peptide of from about 8 to about 13 amino acids for a class I HLA motif and from about 6 to about 25 amino acids for a class II HLA motif, which is recognized by a particular HLA molecule.
  • Peptide motifs for HLA binding are typically different for each protein encoded by each human HLA allele and differ in the pattern of the primary and secondary anchor residues.
  • a "pharmaceutical excipienf comprises a material such as an adjuvant, a carrier, pH-adjusting and buffering agents, tonicity adjusting agents, wetting agents, preservative, and the like.
  • “Pharmaceutically acceptable” refers to a non-toxic, inert, and/or composition that is physiologically compatible with humans or other mammals.
  • polynucleotide means a polymeric form of nucleotides of at least 10 bases or base pairs in length, either ribonucleotides or deoxynucleotides or a modified form of either type of nucleotide, and is meant to include single and double stranded forms of DNA and/or RNA. In the art, this term if often used interchangeably with “oligonucleotide”.
  • a polynucleotide can comprise a nucleotide sequence disclosed herein wherein thymidine (T), as shown for example in Figure 2, can also be uracil (U); this definition pertains to the differences between the chemical structures of DNA and RNA, in particular the observation that one of the four major bases in RNA is uracil (U) instead of thymidine (T).
  • T thymidine
  • U uracil
  • polypeptide means a polymer of at least about 4, 5, 6, 7, or 8 amino acids. Throughout the specification, standard three letter or single letter designations for amino acids are used. In the art, this term is often used interchangeably with “peptide” or "protein”.
  • HLA "primary anchor residue” is an amino acid at a specific position along a peptide sequence which is understood to provide a contact point between the immunogenic peptide and the HLA molecule.
  • One to three, usually two, primary anchor residues within a peptide of defined length generally defines a "motif for an immunogenic peptide. These residues are understood to fit in close contact with peptide binding groove of an HLA molecule, with their side chains buried in specific pockets of the binding groove.
  • the primary anchor residues for an HLA class I molecule are located at position 2 (from the amino terminal position) and at the carboxyl terminal position of a 8, 9, 10, 11, or 12 residue peptide epitope in accordance with the invention.
  • the primary anchor residues of a peptide that will bind an HLA class II molecule are spaced relative to each other, rather than to the termini of a peptide, where the peptide is generally of at least 9 amino acids in length.
  • the primary anchor positions for each motif and supermotif are set forth in Table IV.
  • analog peptides can be created by altering the presence or absence of particular residues in the primary and/or secondary anchor positions shown in Table IV. Such analogs are used to modulate the binding affinity and/or population coverage of a peptide comprising a particular HLA motif or supermotif.
  • a "recombinant" DNA or RNA molecule is a DNA or RNA molecule that has been subjected to molecular manipulation in vitro.
  • Non-limiting examples of small molecules include compounds that bind or interact with 101P3A11, ligands including hormones, neuropeptides, chemokines, odorants, phospholipids, and functional equivalents thereof that bind and preferably inhibit 101P3A11 protein function.
  • Such non-limiting small molecules preferably have a molecular weight of less than about 10 kDa, more preferably below about 9, about 8, about 7, about 6, about 5 or about 4 kDa.
  • small molecules physically associate with, or bind, 101P3A1 1 protein; arc not found in naturally occurring metabolic pathways; and/or arc more soluble in aqueous than non- aqueous solutions
  • “Stringency” of hybridization reactions is readily determinable by one of ordinary skill in the art, and generally is an empirical calculation dependent upon probe length, washing temperature, and salt concentration. In general, longer probes require higher temperatures for proper annealing, while shorter probes need lower temperatures. Hybridization generally depends on the ability of denatured nucleic acid sequences to reanneal when complementary strands are present in an environment below their melting temperature. The higher the degree of desired homology between the probe and hybridizable sequence, the higher the relative temperature that can be used. As a result, it follows that higher relative temperatures would tend to make the reaction conditions more stringent, while lower temperatures less so. For additional details and explanation of stringency of hybridization reactions, see Ausubel et al, Current Protocols in Molecular Biology, Wiley Interscience Publishers, (1995).
  • “Stringent conditions” or “high stringency conditions”, as defined herein, are identified by, but not limited to, those that: (1) employ low ionic strength and high temperature for washing, for example 0.015 M sodium chloride/0.001 M sodium citrate/0.1% sodium dodecyl sulfate at 50°C; (2) employ during hybridization a denaturing agent, such as formamide, for example, 50% (v/v) formamide with 0.1 % bovine serum albumin/0.1% Ficoll/0.1% polyvinylpyrrolidone/50 mM sodium phosphate buffer at pH 6.5 with 750 mM sodium chloride, 75 mM sodium citrate at 42 °C; or (3) employ 50% formamide, 5 x SSC (0.75 M NaCI, 0.075 M sodium citrate), 50 mM sodium phosphate (pH 6.8), 0.1 % sodium pyrophosphate, 5 x Denhardt's solution, sonicated salmon sperm DNA (50 ⁇ g/ml), 0.1% S
  • Modely stringent conditions are described by, but not limited to, those in Sambrook et al, Molecular Cloning: A Laboratory Manual, New York: Cold Spring Harbor Press, 1989, and include the use of washing solution and hybridization conditions (e.g., temperature, ionic strength and %SDS) less stringent than those described above.
  • washing solution and hybridization conditions e.g., temperature, ionic strength and %SDS
  • moderately stringent conditions is overnight incubation at 37°C in a solution comprising: 20% formamide, 5 x SSC (150 mM NaCI, 15 mM trisodium citrate), 50 mM sodium phosphate (pH 7.6), 5 x Denhardt's solution, 10% dextran sulfate, and 20 mg/mL denatured sheared salmon sperm DNA, followed by washing the filters in 1 x SSC at about 37-50°C.
  • 5 x SSC 150 mM NaCI, 15 mM trisodium citrate
  • 50 mM sodium phosphate pH 7.6
  • 5 x Denhardt's solution 10% dextran sulfate
  • 20 mg/mL denatured sheared salmon sperm DNA followed by washing the filters in 1 x SSC at about 37-50°C.
  • the skilled artisan will recognize how to adjust the temperature, ionic strength, etc. as necessary to accommodate factors such as probe length and the like.
  • HLA "supermotif is a peptide binding specificity shared by HLA molecules encoded by two or more HLA alleles.
  • to treat or "therapeutic” and grammatically related terms, refer to any improvement of any consequence of disease, such as prolonged survival, less morbidity, and/or a lessening of side effects which are the byproducts of an alternative therapeutic modality; full eradication of disease is not required.
  • transgenic animal e.g., a mouse or rat
  • transgcne was introduced into the animal or an ancestor of the animal at a prenatal, e.g., an embryonic stage.
  • transgene is a DNA that is integrated into the genome of a cell from which a transgenic animal develops.
  • an HLA or cellular immune response "vaccine” is a composition that contains or encodes one or more peptides of the invention.
  • vaccines such as a cocktail of one or more individual peptides; one or more peptides of the invention comprised by a polyepitopic peptide; or nucleic acids that encode such individual peptides or polypeptides, e.g., a minigene that encodes a polyepitopic peptide.
  • the "one or more peptides” can include any whole unit integer from 1-150 or more, e.g., at least 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 26, 27, 28, 29, 30, 31, 32, 33, 34, 35, 36, 37, 38, 39, 40, 41, 42, 43, 44, 45, 46, 47, 48, 49, 50, 55, 60, 65, 70, 75, 80, 85, 90, 95, 100, 105, 110, 115, 120, 125, 130, 135, 140, 145, or 150 or more peptides of the invention.
  • the peptides or polypeptides can optionally be modified, such as by lipidation, addition of targeting or other sequences.
  • HLA class I peptides of the invention can be admixed with, or linked to, HLA class II peptides, to facilitate activation of both cytotoxic T lymphocytes and helper T lymphocytes.
  • HLA vaccines can also comprise peptide-pulsed antigen presenting cells, e.g., dendritic cells.
  • variant refers to a molecule that exhibits a variation from a described type or norm, such as a protein that has one or more different amino acid residues in the corresponding position(s) of a specifically described protein (e.g. the 101P3A11 protein shown in Figure 2 or Figure 3.
  • An analog is an example of a variant protein.
  • Splice isoforms and single nucleotides polymorphisms (SNPs) are further examples of variants.
  • the "101P3A11-related proteins" of the invention include those specifically identified herein, as well as allelic variants, conservative substitution variants, analogs and homologs that can be isolated/generated and characterized without undue experimentation following the methods outlined herein or readily available in the art. Fusion proteins that combine parts of different 101P3A11 proteins or fragments thereof, as well as fusion proteins of a 101P3A11 protein and a heterologous polypeptide are also included. Such 101P3A11 proteins are collectively referred to as the 101P3A11-related proteins, the proteins of the invention, or 101P3A11.
  • 101P3A11-related protein refers to a polypeptide fragment or a 101P3A11 protein sequence of 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 30, 35, 40, 45, 50, 55, 60, 65, 70, or 317 or 318 or more amino acids.
  • Active ingredient in the context of a “Pharmaceutical Composition” shall mean a component of a Pharmaceutical Composition that provides the primary pharmaceutical benefit, as opposed to an "inactive ingredient” which would generally be recognized as providing no pharmaceutical benefit.
  • Antagonists shall mean moieties that activate the intracellular response when they bind to the receptor, or enhance GTP binding to membranes.
  • a Pharmaceutical Candidate comprising a 101P3A11 Agonist can be utilized for affecting metabolism.
  • Partial agonists shall mean moieties that activate the intracellular response when they bind to the receptor to a lesser degree/extent than do agonists, or enhance GTP binding to membranes to a lesser degree/extent than do agonists.
  • Antagonist shall mean moieties that competitively bind to the receptor at the same site as the agonists but which do not activate the intracellular response initiated by the active form of the receptor, and can thereby inhibit the intracellular responses by agonists or partial agonists. Antagonists do not diminish the baseline intracellular response in the absence of an agonist or partial agonist.
  • Candidate compound in the context of the disclosed invention, shall mean a small molecule that is amenable to a screening technique.
  • composition shall having a meaning in accordacne with standard use.
  • a composition can mean a material comprising at least two compounds, components or substituents; for example, and not limitation, a Pharmaceutical Composition comprising at least one Active Ingredient and at least one other component.
  • Compound efficacy shall mean a measurement of the ability of a compound to inhibit or stimulate receptor functionality, as opposed to receptor binding affinity.
  • Constant receptor activation shall mean stabilization of a receptor in the active state by means other than binding of the receptor with its endogenous ligand or a chemical equivalent thereof.
  • Contact or “contacting” shall mean bringing at least two moieties together, whether in an in vitro system or an in vivo system.
  • Endogenous shall mean a material that a mammal naturally produces. Endogenous in reference to, for example and not limitation, the term “receptor” shall mean that which is naturally produced by a mammal (for example, and not limitation, a human), yeast, bacterium or a virus. In contrast, the term “non-endogenous” in this context shall mean that which is not naturally produced by a mammal (for example, and not limitation, a human) yeast, bacterium or a vims.
  • a receptor which is not constitutively active in its endogenous form, but when manipulated becomes constitutively active is most preferably referred to herein as a "non-endogenous, constitutively activated receptor.”
  • Both terms can be utilized to describe both "in vivo" and “in vitro” systems.
  • the endogenous or non-endogenous receptor may be in reference to an in vitro screening system.
  • screening of a candidate compound by means of an in vivo system is viable.
  • G protein coupled receptor fusion protein and "GPCR fusion protein,” in the context of the invention disclosed herein, each mean a non-endogenous protein comprising an endogenous, constitutively activated orphan GPCR fused to at least one G protein, most preferably, the alpha (a) subunit of such G protein (this being the subunit that binds GTP), with the G protein preferably being of the same type as the G protein that naturally couples with endogenous orphan GPCR.
  • the G protein "Gsa” in an endogenous state, is the predominate G protein that couples with 101P3A11 such that a GPCR Fusion Protein based upon 101P3A11 would be a non-endogenous protein comprising 101P3A1 1 fused to Gscc.
  • the G protein can be fused directly to the c-terminus of the endogenous, constitutively active orphan GPCR or there may be spacers between the two.
  • Inhibit or “inhibiting”, in relationship to the term “response” shall mean that a response is decreased or prevented in the presence of a compound as opposed to in the absence of the compound.
  • “Inverse agonists” shall mean moieties that bind the endogenous form of the receptor, and which inhibit the baseline intracellular response initiated by the active endogenous form of the receptor below the normal base level of activity that is observed in the absence of the endogenous ligand, agonists or partial agonists, or decrease GTP binding to membranes.
  • the baseline intracellular response is decreased in the presence of the inverse agonist by at least 30%, more preferably by at least 50%, and most preferably by at least 75%, as compared with the baseline response in the absence of the inverse agonist.
  • “101P3A11 inverse agonist” shall mean moieties that can be assessed in vivo by factors other than just determination that the moiety has interacted with 101P3A11.
  • Ligand shall mean an endogenous, naturally occurring molecule specific for an endogenous, naturally occurring receptor.
  • “Pharmaceutical composition” shall mean a composition comprising at one Active Ingredient and at least one ingredient that is not an Active Ingredient (for example and not limitation, a filler, dye, or a mechanism for slow release), whereby the composition is amenable to investigation for a specified, efficacious outcome in a mammal or in cells thereof such as in vitro (e.g., without limitation, the mammal is a human).
  • an Active Ingredient for example and not limitation, a filler, dye, or a mechanism for slow release
  • the composition is amenable to investigation for a specified, efficacious outcome in a mammal or in cells thereof such as in vitro (e.g., without limitation, the mammal is a human).
  • Small molecule in the context of the invention disclosed herein, is a non- protein based moiety; for example, and not limitation, NF449is a small molecule within the context of this invention.
  • the endogenous ligand for a receptor is not a "small molecule.”
  • One aspect of the invention provides polynucleotides corresponding or complementary to all or part of a 101P3A11 gene, mRNA, and/or coding sequence, preferably in isolated form, including polynucleotides encoding a 101P3A11-related protein and fragments thereof, DNA, RNA, DNA/RNA hybrid, and related molecules, polynucleotides or oligonucleotides complementary to a 101P3A11 gene or mRNA sequence or a part thereof, and polynucleotides or oligonucleotides that hybridize to a 101P3A1 1 gene, mRNA, or to a 101P3A1 1 encoding polynucleotide (collectively, "101P3A11 polynucleotides").
  • T can also be U in Figure 2.
  • Embodiments of a 101P3A1 1 polynucleotide include: a 101P3A1 1 polynucleotide having the sequence shown in Figure 2, the nucleotide sequence of 101P3A11 as shown in Figure 2 wherein T is U; at least 10 contiguous nucleotides of a polynucleotide having the sequence as shown in Figure 2; or, at least 10 contiguous nucleotides of a polynucleotide having the sequence as shown in Figure 2 where T is U.
  • embodiments of 101P3A11 nucleotides comprise, without limitation:
  • V a polynucleotide comprising, consisting essentially of, or consisting of the sequence as shown in Figure 2B, from nucleotide residue number 133 through nucleotide residue number 348, optionally including the stop codon, wherein T can also be U;
  • VI a polynucleotide comprising, consisting essentially of, or consisting of the sequence as shown in Figure 2C, from nucleotide residue number 130 through nucleotide residue number 1086, optionally including the last, stop codon, wherein T can also be U;
  • VI a polynucleotide comprising, consisting essentially of, or consisting of the sequence as shown in Figure 2C, from nucleotide residue number 133 through nucleotide residue number 1086, optionally including the last, stop codon, wherein T can also be U;
  • VIII a polynucleotide that encodes a 101P3A11-related protein that is at least 90% homologous to an entire amino acid sequence shown in Figure 2A-C
  • IX a polynucleotide that encodes a 101P3A11-related protein that is at least 90% identical to an entire amino acid sequence shown in Figure 2A-C;
  • (X) a polynucleotide that encodes at least one peptide set forth in Tables V-XVIII and XXII to IL, optionally with a proviso that the polynucleotide is not a contiguous sequence from a nucleic acid sequence of Figure 2;
  • XI a polynucleotide that encodes at least two peptides seleected from the peptides set forth in Tables V-XVIII and XXII to IL, optionally with a proviso that the polynucleotide is not a contiguous sequence from a nucleic acid sequence of Figure 2;
  • XII a polynucleotide that encodes at least two peptides selected from the peptides set forth in Tables V-XVIII and XXII to IL, optionally with a proviso that the polynucleotide is not a contiguous sequence from a nucleic acid sequence of Figure 2;
  • (XV) a polynucleotide that encodes a peptide region of at least 5 amino acids of a peptide of Figure
  • (XVIII) a polynucleotide that encodes a peptide region of at least 5 amino acids of a peptide of Figure 3B in any whole number increment up to 317 or 318 that includes an amino acid position having a value greater than 0.5 in the Hydrophilicity profile of Figure 5;
  • (XIX) a polynucleotide that encodes a peptide region of at least 5 amino acids of a peptide of Figure 3B in any whole number increment up to 317 or 318 that includes an amino acid position having a value less than 0.5 in the Hydropathicity profile of Figure 6;
  • (XX) a polynucleotide that encodes a peptide region of at least 5 amino acids of a peptide of Figure 3B in any whole number increment up to 317 or 318 that includes an amino acid position having a value greater than 0.5 in the Percent Accessible Residues profile of Figure 7;
  • (XXI) a polynucleotide that encodes a peptide region of at least 5 amino acids of a peptide of Figure 3B in any whole number increment up to 317 or 318 that includes an amino acid position having a value greater than 0.5 in the Average Flexibility profile of Figure 8;
  • (XXII) a polynucleotide that encodes a peptide region of at least 5 amino acids of a peptide of Figure 3B in any whole number increment up to 317 or 318 that includes an amino acid position having a value greater than 0.5 in the Beta-turn profile of Figure 9;
  • XXIII a polynucleotide that encodes monoloncal antibody or binding region thereof secreted by a hybridoma entitled XI 8(1)4 deposited with American Type Culture Collection (ATCC; 10801 University Boulevard., Manassas, VA 20110-2209 USA) as Accession No. on 15 May 2002;
  • XXIV a polynucleotide that encodes monoloncal antibody or binding region thereof secreted by a hybridoma entitled XI 8(1)10 deposited with American Type Culture Collection (ATCC; 10801 University Boulevard., Manassas, VA 20110-2209 USA) as Accession No. on 15 May 2002;
  • XXV a polynucleotide that encodes monoloncal antibody or binding region thereof secreted by a hybridoma entitled X18(l)23 deposited with American Type Culture Collection (ATCC; 10801 University Boulevard., Manassas, VA 20110-2209 USA) as Accession No. on 15 May 2002;
  • XXVI a polynucleotide that encodes monoloncal antibody or binding region thereof secreted by a hybridoma entitled X18(4)7deposited with American Type Culture Collection (ATCC; 10801 University Boulevard., Manassas, VA 20110-2209 USA) as Accession No. on 15 May 2002;
  • XXVII a polynucleotide that is fully complementary to a polynucleotide of any one of (I)-(XXVI);
  • XXIX a peptide that occurs at least twice in Tables V-XVIII and XXII to IL collectively, or an oligonucleotide that encodes such HLA peptide;
  • XXX a peptide that occurs at least once in Tables V-XVIII and at least once in tables XXII to IL, or an oligonucleotide that encodes such HLA peptide;
  • XXXI a peptide which comprises peptide regions, or an oligonucleotide encoding the peptide, that has one two, three, four, or five of the following characteristics: i) a peptide region of at least 5 amino acids of a particular peptide of Figure 3, in any whole number increment up to the full length of that protein in Figure 3, that includes an amino acid position having a value equal to or greater than 0.5, 0.6, 0.7, 0.8, 0.9, or having a value equal to 1.0, in the Hydrophilicity profile of Figure 5; ii) a peptide region of at least 5 amino acids of a particular peptide of Figure 3, in any whole number increment up to the full length of that protein in Figure 3, that includes an amino acid position having a value equal to or less than 0.5, 0.4, 0.3, 0.2, 0.1, or having a value equal to 0.0, in the Hydropathicity profile of Figure 6; iii) a peptide region of at least 5 amino acids of
  • Accessible Residues profile of Figure 7 iv) a peptide region of at least 5 amino acids of a particular peptide of Figure 3, in any whole number increment up to the full length of that protein in Figure 3, that includes an amino acid position having a value equal to or greater than 0.5, 0.6, 0.7, 0.8, 0.9, or having a value equal to 1.0, in the Average
  • (XXXII) a polynucleotide of any of (I)-(XXVII) or peptide of (XXVIII)-(XXXI) together with a pharmaceutical excipient and/or in a human unit dose form.
  • Typical embodiments of the invention disclosed herein include 101P3A11 polynucleotides that encode specific portions of 101P3A11 mRNA sequences (and those which are complementary to such sequences) such as those that encode the proteins and/or fragments thereof, for example:
  • representative embodiments of the invention disclosed herein include: polynucleotides and their encoded peptides themselves encoding about amino acid 1 to about amino acid 10 of the 101P3A11 protein shown in Figure 2 or Figure 3, polynucleotides encoding about amino acid 10 to about amino acid 20 of the 101P3A11 protein shown in Figure 2 or Figure 3, polynucleotides encoding about amino acid 20 to about amino acid 30 of the 101P3A11 protein shown in Figure 2 or Figure 3, polynucleotides encoding about amino acid 30 to about amino acid 40 of the 101P3A11 protein shown in Figure 2 or Figure 3, polynucleotides encoding about amino acid 40 to about amino acid 50 of the 101P3A11 protein shown in Figure 2 or Figure 3, polynucleotides encoding about amino acid 50 to about amino acid 60 of the 101P3A11 protein shown in Figure 2 or Figure 3, or polynucleotides encoding about amino acid 60 to about amino acid 70 or amino acid 317 or 318
  • polynucleotides encoding portions of the amino acid sequence (of about 10 amino acids), of amino acids 1 through the carboxyl terminal amino acid of the 101P3A11 protein are embodiments of the invention. Wherein it is understood that each particular amino acid position discloses that position plus or minus five amino acid residues.
  • Polynucleotides encoding relatively long portions of a 101P3A1 1 protein are also within the scope of the invention.
  • polynucleotides encoding from about amino acid 1 (or 20 or 30 or 40 etc.) to about amino acid 20, (or 30, or 40 or 50 etc.) of the 101P3A11 protein "or variant" shown in Figure 2 or Figure 3 can be generated by a variety of techniques well known in the art.
  • These polynucleotide fragments can include any portion of the 101P3A1 1 sequence as shown in Figure 2.
  • Additional illustrative embodiments of the invention disclosed herein include 101P3A1 1 polynucleotide fragments encoding one or more of the biological motifs contained within a 101P3A11 protein "or variant" sequence, including one or more of the motif-bearing subsequences of a 101P3A1 1 protein "or variant” set forth in Tables V-XVIII and XXII to IL.
  • typical polynucleotide fragments of the invention encode one or more of the regions of 101P3A1 1 protein or variant that exhibit homology to a known molecule.
  • typical polynucleotide fragments can encode one or more of the 101P3A11 protein or variant N-glycosylation sites, cAMP and cGMP-dependent protein kinase phosphorylation sites, casein kinase II phosphorylation sites or N-myristoylation site and amidation sites.
  • HLA Peptide Tables e.g., HLA Peptide Tables
  • the particular variant e.g., the length of the peptide in an HLA Peptide Table
  • the Search Peptides listed in Table LVII Generally, a unique Search Peptide is used to obtain HLA peptides for a particular variant. The position of each Search Peptide relative to its respective parent molecule is listed in Table LLII.
  • a Search Peptide begins at position "X"
  • a particular Search Peptide begins at position 150 of its parental molecule, one must add 150 - 1, i.e., 149 to each HLA peptide amino acid position to calculate the position of that amino acid in the parent molecule.
  • the polynucleotides of the preceding paragraphs have a number of different specific uses.
  • the human 101P3A11 gene maps to the chromosomal location set forth in the Example entitled "Chromosomal Mapping of 101P3A11."
  • polynucleotides that encode different regions of the 101P3A11 proteins are used to characterize cytogenetic abnormalities of this chromosomal locale, such as abnormalities that are identified as being associated with various cancers.
  • cytogenetic abnormalities of this chromosomal locale such as abnormalities that are identified as being associated with various cancers.
  • a variety of chromosomal abnormalities including rearrangements have been identified as frequent cytogenetic abnormalities in a number of different cancers (see e.g. Krajinovic et al, Mutat.
  • polynucleotides encoding specific regions of the 101P3A1 1 proteins provide new tools that can be used to delineate, with greater precision than previously possible, cytogenetic abnormalities in the chromosomal region that encodes 101P3A11 that may contribute to the malignant phenotype.
  • these polynucleotides satisfy a need in the art for expanding the sensitivity of chromosomal screening in order to identify more subtle and less common chromosomal abnormalities (see e.g. Evans et al, Am. J. Obstet. Gynecol 171(4): 1055-1057 (1994)).
  • 101P3A11 was shown to be highly expressed in bladder and other cancers, 101P3A11 polynucleotides are used in methods assessing the status of 101P3A11 gene products in normal versus cancerous tissues.
  • polynucleotides that encode specific regions of the 101P3A11 proteins are used to assess the presence of perturbations (such as deletions, insertions, point mutations, or alterations resulting in a loss of an antigen etc.) in specific regions of the 101P3A11 gene, such as regions containing one or more motifs.
  • Exemplary assays include both RT-PCR assays as well as single-strand conformation polymorphism (SSCP) analysis (see, e.g., Marrogi et al, J. Cutan. Pathol. 26(8): 369-378 (1999), both of which utilize polynucleotides encoding specific regions of a protein to examine these regions within the protein. II.A.2.) Antisense Embodiments
  • nucleic acid related embodiments of the invention disclosed herein are genomic DNA, cDNAs, ribozymes, and antisense molecules, as well as nucleic acid molecules based on an alternative backbone, or including alternative bases, whether derived from natural sources or synthesized, and include molecules capable of inhibiting the RNA or protein expression of 101P3A11.
  • antisense molecules can be RNAs or other molecules, including peptide nucleic acids (PNAs) or non-nucleic acid molecules such as phosphorothioate derivatives, that specifically bind DNA or RNA in a base pair-dependent manner.
  • PNAs peptide nucleic acids
  • non-nucleic acid molecules such as phosphorothioate derivatives
  • Antisense technology entails the administration of exogenous oligonucleotides that bind to a target polynucleotide located within the cells.
  • the term "antisense” refers to the fact that such oligonucleotides are complementary to their intracellular targets, e.g., 101P3A11. See for example, Jack Cohen, Oligodeoxynucleotides, Antisense Inhibitors of Gene Expression, CRC Press, 1989; and Synthesis 1:1-5 (1988).
  • the 101P3A11 antisense oligonucleotides of the present invention include derivatives such as S-oligonucleotides (phosphorothioate derivatives or S-oligos, see, Jack Cohen, supra), which exhibit enhanced cancer cell growth inhibitory action.
  • S-oligos are isoelectronic analogs of an oligonucleotide (O- oligo) in which a nonbridging oxygen atom of the phosphate group is replaced by a sulfur atom.
  • the S-oligos of the present invention can be prepared by treatment of the corresponding O-oligos with 3H-l,2-benzodithiol-3- one- 1,1 -dioxide, which is a sulfur transfer reagent. See, e.g., Iyer, R. P. et al, J. Org. Chem. 55:4693-4698 (1990); and Iyer, R. P. et al, J. Am. Chem. Soc.
  • Additional 101P3A11 antisense oligonucleotides of the present invention include morpholino antisense oligonucleotides known in the art (see, e.g., Partridge et al, 1996, Antisense & Nucleic Acid Drug Development 6: 169-175).
  • the 101P3A11 antisense oligonucleotides of the present invention typically can be RNA or DNA that is complementary to and stably hybridizes with the first 100 5' codons or last 100 3' codons of a 101P3A1 1 genomic sequence or the corresponding mRNA. Absolute complementarity is not required, although high degrees of complementarity are preferred. Use of an oligonucleotide complementary to this region allows for the selective hybridization to 101P3A11 mRNA and not to mRNA specifying other regulatory subunits of protein kinase.
  • 101P3A11 antisense oligonucleotides of the present invention are 15 to 30-mer fragments of the antisense DNA molecule that have a sequence that hybridizes to 101P3A11 mRNA.
  • 101P3A1 1 antisense oligonucleotide is a 30-mer oligonucleotide that is complementary to a region in the first 10 5' codons or last 10 3' codons of 101P3A11.
  • the antisense molecules are modified to employ ribozymes in the inhibition of 101P3A11 expression, see, e.g., L. A. Couture & D. T. Stinchcomb; Trends Genet 12: 510-515 (1996).
  • nucleotides of the invention include primers and primer pairs, which allow the specific amplification of polynucleotides of the invention or of any specific parts thereof, and probes that selectively or specifically hybridize to nucleic acid molecules of the invention or to any part thereof.
  • Probes can be labeled with a detectable marker, such as, for example, a radioisotope, fluorescent compound, bioluminescent compound, a chemiluminescent compound, metal chelator or enzyme.
  • a detectable marker such as, for example, a radioisotope, fluorescent compound, bioluminescent compound, a chemiluminescent compound, metal chelator or enzyme.
  • Such probes and primers are used to detect the presence of a 101P3A11 polynucleotide in a sample and as a means for detecting a cell expressing a 101P3A11 protein.
  • probes include polypeptides comprising all or part of the human 101P3A11 cDNA sequence shown in Figure 2.
  • primer pairs capable of specifically amplifying 101P3A11 mRNAs are also described in the Examples. As will be understood by the skilled artisan, a great many different primers and probes can be prepared based on the sequences provided herein and used effectively to amplify and/or detect a 101P3A11 mRNA.
  • the 101P3A11 polynucleotides of the invention are useful for a variety of purposes, including but not limited to their use as probes and primers for the amplification and/or detection of the 101P3A11 gene(s), mRNA(s), or fragments thereof; as reagents for the diagnosis and/or prognosis of prostate cancer and other cancers; as coding sequences capable of directing the expression of 101P3A11 polypeptides; as tools for modulating or inhibiting the expression of the 101P3A11 gene(s) and/or translation of the 101P3A11 transcript(s); and as therapeutic agents.
  • the present invention includes the use of any probe as described herein to identify and isolate a 101P3A11 or 101P3A11 related nucleic acid sequence from a naturally occurring source, such as humans or other mammals, as well as the isolated nucleic acid sequence per se, which would comprise all or most of the sequences found in the probe used.
  • the 101P3A11 cDNA sequences described herein enable the isolation of other polynucleotides encoding 101P3A11 gene product(s), as well as the isolation of polynucleotides encoding 101P3A11 gene product homologs, alternatively spliced isoforms, allelic variants, and mutant forms of a 101P3A11 gene product as well as polynucleotides that encode analogs of 101P3A11-related proteins.
  • Various molecular cloning methods that can be employed to isolate full length cDNAs encoding a 101P3A11 gene are well known (see, for example, Sambrook, J.
  • a 101P3A11 cDNA (e.g., Figure 2) or a portion thereof can be synthesized and used as a probe to retrieve overlapping and full-length cDNAs corresponding to a 101P3A11 gene.
  • a 101P3A11 gene itself can be isolated by screening genomic DNA libraries, bacterial artificial chromosome libraries (BACs), yeast artificial chromosome libraries (YACs), and the like, with 101P3A1 1 DNA probes or primers.
  • the invention also provides recombinant DNA or RNA molecules containing a 101P3A11 polynucleotide, a fragment, analog or homologue thereof, including but not limited to phages, plasmids, phagemids, cosmids, YACs, BACs, as well as various viral and non- viral vectors well known in the art, and cells transformed or transfected with such recombinant DNA or RNA molecules. Methods for generating such molecules are well known (see, for example, Sambrook et al, 1989, supra).
  • the invention further provides a host-vector system comprising a recombinant DNA molecule containing a 101P3A11 polynucleotide, fragment, analog or homologue thereof within a suitable prokaryotic or eukaryotic host cell.
  • suitable eukaryotic host cells include a yeast cell, a plant cell, or an animal cell, such as a mammalian cell or an insect cell (e.g., a baculovims-infectible cell such as an Sf9 or HighFive cell).
  • suitable mammalian cells include various prostate cancer cell lines such as DU145 and TsuPrl, other transfectable or transducible prostate cancer cell lines, primary cells (PrEC), as well as a number of mammalian cells routinely used for the expression of recombinant proteins (e.g., COS, CHO, 293, 293T cells). More particularly, a polynucleotide comprising the coding sequence of 101P3A11 or a fragment, analog or homolog thereof can be used to generate 101P3A11 proteins or fragments thereof using any number of host- vector systems routinely used and widely known in the art.
  • 101P3A11 can be expressed in several prostate cancer and non-prostate cell lines, including for example 293, 293T, rat-1, NIH 3T3 and TsuPrl.
  • the host-vector systems of the invention are useful for the production of a 101P3A11 protein or fragment thereof. Such host-vector systems can be employed to study the functional properties of 101P3A11 and 101P3A11 mutations or analogs.
  • Recombinant human 101P3A11 protein or an analog or homolog or fragment thereof can be produced by mammalian cells transfected with a construct encoding a 101P3A11-related nucleotide.
  • 293T cells can be transfected with an expression plasmid encoding 101P3A11 or fragment, analog or homolog thereof, a 101P3A11-related protein is expressed in the 293T cells, and the recombinant 101P3A11 protein is isolated using standard purification methods (e.g., affinity purification using anti-101P3Al 1 antibodies).
  • a 101P3A11 coding sequence is subcloned into the retroviral vector pSR ⁇ MSVtkneo and used to infect various mammalian cell lines, such as NIH 3T3, TsuPrl, 293 and rat-1 in order to establish 101P3A11 expressing cell lines.
  • various mammalian cell lines such as NIH 3T3, TsuPrl, 293 and rat-1
  • Various other expression systems well known in the art can also be employed.
  • Expression constructs encoding a leader peptide joined in frame to a 101P3A11 coding sequence can be used for the generation of a secreted form of recombinant 101P3A11 protein.
  • codons having a usage frequency of less than about 20% in known sequences of the desired host typically have rare codons (i.e., codons having a usage frequency of less than about 20% in known sequences of the desired host) replaced with higher frequency codons.
  • Codon preferences for a specific species are calculated, for example, by utilizing codon usage tables available on the INTERNET such as at URL www.dna.affrc.go.jp/ ⁇ nakamura/codon.html.
  • Additional sequence modifications are known to enhance protein expression in a cellular host. These include elimination of sequences encoding spurious polyadenylation signals, exon/intron splice site signals, transposon-like repeats, and/or other such well-characterized sequences that are deleterious to gene expression.
  • the GC content of the sequence is adjusted to levels average for a given cellular host, as calculated by reference to known genes expressed in the host cell. Where possible, the sequence is modified to avoid predicted hairpin secondary mRNA structures.
  • Other useful modifications include the addition of a translational initiation consensus sequence at the start of the open reading frame, as described in Kozak, Mol Cell Biol, 9:5073-5080 (1989).
  • 101P3A11-related proteins Another aspect of the present invention provides 101P3A11-related proteins.
  • Specific embodiments of 101P3A11 proteins comprise a polypeptide having all or part of the amino acid sequence of human 101P3A11 as shown in Figure 2 or Figure 3.
  • embodiments of 101P3A11 proteins comprise variant, homolog or analog polypeptides that have alterations in the amino acid sequence of 101P3A11 shown in Figure 2 or Figure 3.
  • Embodiments of a 101P3A11 polynucleotide include: a 101P3A11 polynucleotide having the sequence shown in Figure 2, the nucleotide sequence of 101P3A11 as shown in Figure 2 wherein T is U; at least 10 contiguous nucleotides of a polynucleotide having the sequence as shown in Figure 2; or, at least 10 contiguous nucleotides of a polynucleotide having the sequence as shown in Figure 2 where T is U.
  • embodiments of 101P3A11 nucleotides comprise, without limitation:
  • (V) a protein that comprises at least one peptide set forth in Tables V-XVIII, collectively, which peptide is also set forth in Tables XXII to IL, collectively, optionally with a proviso that it is not an entire protein of Figure 2;
  • VI a protein that comprises at least two peptides selected from the peptides set forth in Tables V- XVIII and XXII to IL, optionally with a proviso that it is not an entire protein of Figure 2;
  • VII a protein that comprises at least two peptides selected from the peptides set forth in Tables V- XVIII and XXII to IL, with a proviso that the protein is not a contiguous sequence from an amino acid sequence of Figure 2;
  • (VIII) a protein that comprises at least one peptide selected from the peptides set forth in Tables V- XVIII; and at least one peptide set forth in Tables XXII to IL, with a proviso that the protein is not a contiguous sequence from an amino acid sequence of Figure 2;
  • (IX) a polypeptide comprising at least 5 amino acids of a protein of Figure 3 A or 3C in any whole number increment up to 317 or 318 that includes an amino acid position having a value greater than 0.5 in the Hydrophilicity profile of Figure 5;
  • (X) a polypeptide comprising at least 5 amino acids of a protein of Figure 3A or 3C in any whole number increment up to 317 or 318 that includes an amino acid position having a value less than 0.5 in the Hydropathicity profile of Figure 6;
  • (XV) a polypeptide comprising at least 5 amino acids of a protein of Figure 3 in any whole number increment up to 72 that includes an amino acid position having a value less than 0.5 in the Hydropathicity profile of Figure 6;
  • XIX a monoloncal antibody or binding region thereof secreted by a hybridoma entitled XI 8(1)4 deposited with American Type Culture Collection (ATCC; 10801 University Boulevard., Manassas, VA 20110-2209 USA) as Accession No. on 15 May 2002;
  • XX a monoloncal antibody or binding region thereof secreted by a hybridoma entitled XI 8(1)10 deposited with American Type Culture Collection (ATCC; 10801 University Boulevard., Manassas, VA 201 10-2209 USA) as Accession No. on 15 May 2002;
  • XXI a monoloncal antibody or binding region thereof secreted by a hybridoma entitled XI 8(1)23 deposited with American Type Culture Collection (ATCC; 10801 University Boulevard., Manassas, VA 20110-2209 USA) as Accession No. on 15 May 2002;
  • XXII a monoloncal antibody or binding region thereof secreted by a hybridoma entitled X18(4)7deposited with American Type Culture Collection (ATCC; 10801 University Boulevard., Manassas, VA 20110-2209 USA) as Accession No. on 15 May 2002;
  • XXV a peptide which comprises one two, three, four, or five of the following characteristics, or an oligonucleotide encoding such peptide: i) a region of at least 5 amino acids of a particular peptide of Figure 3, in any whole number increment up to the full length of that protein in Figure 3, that includes an amino acid position having a value equal to or greater than 0.5, 0.6, 0.7, 0.8, 0.9, or having a value equal to 1.0, in the Hydrophilicity profile of
  • Figure 5 ii) a region of at least 5 amino acids of a particular peptide of Figure 3, in any whole number increment up to the full length of that protein in Figure 3, that includes an amino acid position having a value equal to or less than 0.5, 0.4, 0.3, 0.2, 0.1, or having a value equal to 0.0, in the Hydropathicity profile of
  • Figure 6 iii) a region of at least 5 amino acids of a particular peptide of Figure 3, in any whole number increment up to the full length of that protein in Figure 3, that includes an amino acid position having a value equal to or greater than 0.5, 0.6, 0.7, 0.8, 0.9, or having a value equal to 1.0, in the Percent Accessible Residues profile of Figure 7; iv) a region of at least 5 amino acids of a particular peptide of Figure 3, in any whole number increment up to the full length of that protein in Figure 3, that includes an amino acid position having a value equal to or greater than 0.5, 0.6, 0.7, 0.8, 0.9, or having a value equal to 1.0, in the Average Flexibility profile of Figure 8; or, v) a region of at least 5 amino acids of a particular peptide of Figure 3, in any whole number increment up to the full length of that protein in Figure 3, that includes an amino acid position having a value equal to or greater than 0.5, 0.6, 0.7, 0.8,
  • Typical embodiments of the invention disclosed herein include 101P3A11 polynucleotides that encode specific portions of 101P3A11 mRNA sequences (and those which are complementary to such sequences) such as those that encode the proteins and/or fragments thereof, for example:
  • allelic variants of human 101P3A11 protein share a high degree of structural identity and homology (e.g., 90% or more homology).
  • allelic variants of a 101P3A11 protein contain conservative amino acid substitutions within the 101P3A11 sequences described herein or contain a substitution of an amino acid from a corresponding position in a homologue of 101P3A11.
  • One class of 101P3A11 allelic variants are proteins that share a high degree of homology with at least a small region of a particular 101P3A11 amino acid sequence, but further contain a radical departure from the sequence, such as a non-conservative substitution, truncation, insertion or frame shift.
  • Proteins of the invention can comprise 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, or 15 conservative substitutions. Such changes include substituting any of isoleucine (I), valine (V), and leucine (L) for any other of these hydrophobic amino acids; aspartic acid (D) for glutamic acid (E) and vice versa; glutamine (Q) for asparagine (N) and vice versa; and serine (S) for threonine (T) and vice versa.
  • isoleucine I
  • V valine
  • L leucine
  • Such changes include substituting any of isoleucine (I), valine (V), and leucine (L) for any other of these hydrophobic amino acids; aspartic acid (D) for glutamic acid (E) and vice versa; glutamine (Q) for asparagine (N) and vice versa; and serine (S) for threonine (T) and vice versa.
  • substitutions can also be considered conservative, depending on the environment of the particular amino acid and its role in the three-dimensional structure of the protein.
  • G glyeine
  • A alanine
  • V valine
  • M Methionine
  • L Lysine
  • K arginine
  • R arginine
  • Embodiments of the invention disclosed herein include a wide variety of art-accepted variants or analogs of 101P3A11 proteins such as polypeptides having amino acid insertions, deletions and substitutions.
  • 101P3A11 variants can be made using methods known in the art such as site-directed mutagenesis, alanine scanning, and PCR mutagenesis.
  • Site-directed mutagenesis (Carter et al, Nucl. Acids Res., 75:4331 (1986); Zoller et al, Nucl. Acids Res., 70:6487 (1987)), cassette mutagenesis (Wells et al, Gene, 34:315 (1985)), restriction selection mutagenesis (Wells et al, Philos. Trans. R. Soc. London SerA, 317:415 (1986)) or other known techniques can be performed on the cloned DNA to produce the 101P3A11 variant DNA.
  • Scanning amino acid analysis can also be employed to identify one or more amino acids along a contiguous sequence that is involved in a specific biological activity such as a protein-protein interaction.
  • preferred scanning amino acids are relatively small, neutral amino acids.
  • amino acids include alanine, glyeine, serine, and cysteine.
  • Alanine is typically a preferred scanning amino acid among this group because it eliminates the side-chain beyond the beta-carbon and is less likely to alter the main-chain confo ⁇ nation of the variant.
  • Alanine is also typically preferred because it is the most common amino acid. Further, it is frequently found in both buried and exposed positions (Creighton, The Proteins, (W.H. Freeman & Co., N.Y.); Chothia, J. Mol. Biol., 150:1 (1976)). If alanine substitution does not yield adequate amounts of variant, an isosteric amino acid can be used.
  • 101P3A11 variants, analogs or homologs have the distinguishing attribute of having at least one epitope that is "cross reactive" with a 101P3A1 1 protein having an amino acid sequence of Figure 3.
  • cross reactive means that an antibody or T cell that specifically binds to a 101P3A1 1 variant also specifically binds to a 101P3A11 protein having an amino acid sequence set forth in Figure 3.
  • a polypeptide ceases to be a variant of a protein shown in Figure 3, when it no longer contains any epitope capable of being recognized by an antibody or T cell that specifically binds to the starting 101P3A11 protein.
  • 101P3A11-related protein variants share 70%, 75%, 80%, 85% or 90% or more similarity with an amino acid sequence of Figure 3, or a fragment thereof.
  • Another specific class of 101P3A11 protein variants or analogs comprise one or more of the 101P3A11 biological motifs described herein or presently known in the art.
  • analogs of 101P3A11 fragments that have altered functional (e.g., immunogenic) properties relative to the starting fragment. It is to be appreciated that motifs now or which become part of the art are to be applied to the nucleic or amino acid sequences of Figure 2 or Figure 3.
  • embodiments of the claimed invention include polypeptides containing less than the full amino acid sequence of a 101P3A11 protein shown in Figure 2 or Figure 3.
  • representative embodiments of the invention comprise peptides/proteins having any 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15 or more contiguous amino acids of a 101P3A11 protein shown in Figure 2 or Figure 3.
  • representative embodiments of the invention disclosed herein include polypeptides consisting of about amino acid 1 to about amino acid 10 of a 101P3A11 protein shown in Figure 2 or Figure 3, polypeptides consisting of about amino acid 10 to about amino acid 20 of a 101P3A11 protein shown in Figure 2 or Figure 3, polypeptides consisting of about amino acid 20 to about amino acid 30 of a 101P3A1 1 protein shown in Figure 2 or Figure 3, polypeptides consisting of about amino acid 30 to about amino acid 40 of a 101P3A11 protein shown in Figure 2 or Figure 3, polypeptides consisting of about amino acid 40 to about amino acid 50 of a 101P3A1 1 protein shown in Figure 2 or Figure 3, polypeptides consisting of about amino acid 50 to about amino acid 60 of a 101P3A11 protein shown in Figure 2 or Figure 3, polypeptides consisting of about amino acid 60 to about amino acid 70 of a 101P3A11 protein shown in Figure 2 or Figure 3, polypeptides consisting of about amino acid 80
  • 101P3A11 amino acid sequence consisting of about amino acid 1 (or 20 or 30 or 40 etc.) to about amino acid 20, (or 130, or 140 or 150 etc.) of a 101P3A1 1 protein shown in Figure 2 or Figure 3 are embodiments of the invention. It is to be appreciated that the starting and stopping positions in this paragraph refer to the specified position as well as that position plus or minus 5 residues.
  • 101P3A11-related proteins are generated using standard peptide synthesis technology or using chemical cleavage methods well known in the art. Alternatively, recombinant methods can be used to generate nucleic acid molecules that encode a 101P3A11-related protein. In one embodiment, nucleic acid molecules provide a means to generate defined fragments of a 101P3A11 protein (or variants, homologs or analogs thereof).
  • Additional illustrative embodiments of the invention disclosed herein include 101P3A11 polypeptides comprising the amino acid residues of one or more of the biological motifs contained within a 101P3A11 polypeptide sequence set forth in Figure 2 or Figure 3.
  • motifs are known in the art, and a protein can be evaluated for the presence of such motifs by a number of publicly available Internet sites (see, e.g., URL addresses: pfam.wustl.edu/; searchlauncher.bcm.tmc.edu/seq-search/struc-predict.html; psort.ims.u-tokyo.ac.jp/; www.cbs.dtu.dk/; www.ebi.ac.ulc/interpro/scan.html; www.expasy.ch/tools/scnpsitl.html; EpimatrixTM and EpimerTM, Brown University, www.brown.edu/Research/l ⁇ -HIV_
  • Table XIX sets forth several frequently occurring motifs based on pfam searches (see URL address pfam.wustl.edu/). The columns of Table XIX list (1) motif name abbreviation, (2) percent identity found amongst the different member of the motif family, (3) motif name or description and (4) most common function; location information is included if the motif is relevant for location.
  • Polypeptides comprising one or more of the 101P3A11 motifs discussed above are useful in elucidating the specific characteristics of a malignant phenotype in view of the observation that the 101P3A11 motifs discussed above are associated with growth dysregulation and because 101P3A11 is overexpressed in certain cancers (See, e.g., Table I).
  • Casein kinase II, cAMP and camp-dependent protein kinase, and Protein Kinase C are enzymes known to be associated with the development of the malignant phenotype (see e.g.
  • Amidation is another protein modification also associated with cancer and cancer progression (see e.g. Treston et al, J. Natl. Cancer Inst. Monogr. (13): 169-175 (1992)).
  • proteins of the invention comprise one or more of the immunoreactive epitopes identified in accordance with art-accepted methods, such as the peptides set forth in Tables V-XVIII and XXII TO IL.
  • CTL epitopes can be determined using specific algorithms to identify peptides within a 101P3A11 protein that are capable of optimally binding to specified HLA alleles (e.g., Table IV; EpimatrixTM and EpimerTM, Brown University, URL www.brown.edu/Research TB-HIV_Lab/epimatrix epirnatrix.htrnl; and BIMAS, URL bimas.dcrt.nih.gov/.)
  • processes for identifying peptides that have sufficient binding affinity for HLA molecules and which are correlated with being immunogenic epitopes are well known in the art, and are carried out without undue experimentation.
  • substitutions can occur at primary anchor positions or at other positions in a peptide; see, e.g., Table IV.
  • polypeptides comprising combinations of the different motifs set forth in Table XX, and/or, one or more of the predicted CTL epitopes of Tables V-XV1I and XXII- XLVII, and/or, one or more of the predicted HTL epitopes of Tables XLVIII-LI, and/or, one or more of the T cell binding motifs known in the art.
  • Preferred embodiments contain no insertions, deletions or substitutions either within the motifs or the intervening sequences of the polypeptides.
  • embodiments which include a number of either N-terminal and/or C-terminal amino acid residues on either side of these motifs may be desirable (to, for example, include a greater portion of the polypeptide architecture in which the motif is located).
  • the number of N-terminal and/or C-terminal amino acid residues on either side of a motif is between about 1 to about 100 amino acid residues, preferably 5 to about 50 amino acid residues.
  • 101P3A11-related proteins are embodied in many forms, preferably in isolated form.
  • a purified 101P3A11 protein molecule will be substantially free of other proteins or molecules that impair the binding of 101P3A11 to antibody, T cell or other ligand.
  • the nature and degree of isolation and purification will depend on the intended use.
  • Embodiments of a 101P3A11-related proteins include purified 101P3A11-related proteins and functional, soluble 101P3A11-related proteins.
  • a functional, soluble 101P3A11 protein or fragment thereof retains the ability to be bound by antibody, T cell or other ligand.
  • the invention also provides 101P3A11 proteins comprising biologically active fragments of a 101P3A11 amino acid sequence shown in Figure 2 or Figure 3.
  • Such proteins exhibit properties of the starting 101P3A11 protein, such as the ability to elicit the generation of antibodies that specifically bind an epitope associated with the starting 101P3A11 protein; to be bound by such antibodies; to elicit the activation of HTL or CTL; and/or, to be recognized by HTL or CTL that also specifically bind to the starting protein.
  • 101P3A11-related polypeptides that contain particularly interesting structures can be predicted and/or identified using various analytical techniques well known in the art, including, for example, the mediods of Chou- Fasman, Garnier-Robson, Kyte-Doolittle, Eisenberg, Karplus-Schultz or Jameson- Wolf analysis, or on the basis of immunogenicity. Fragments that contain such structures are particularly useful in generating subunit-specific anti- 101P3A11 antibodies, or T cells or in identifying cellular factors that bind to 101P3A11. For example, hydrophilicity profiles can be generated, and immunogenic peptide fragments identified, using the method of Hopp, T.P. and Woods, K.R., 1981, Proc. Natl. Acad.
  • Hydropathicity profiles can be generated, and immunogenic peptide fragments identified, using the method of Kyte, J. and Doolittle, R.F., 1982, J. Mol. Biol. 157:105-132. Percent (%) Accessible Residues profiles can be generated, and immunogenic peptide fragments identified, using the method of Janin J., 1979, Nature 277:491-492. Average Flexibility profiles can be generated, and immunogenic peptide fragments identified, using the method of Bhaskaran R., Ponnuswamy P.K., 1988, Int. J. Pept. Protein Res. 32:242-255. Beta-turn profiles can be generated, and immunogenic peptide fragments identified, using the method of Deleage, G., Roux B., 1987, Protein Engineering 1 :289-294.
  • CTL epitopes can be determined using specific algorithms to identify peptides within a 101P3A11 protein that are capable of optimally binding to specified HLA alleles (e.g., by using the SYFPEITHI site at World Wide Web URL syfpeithi.bmi-heidelberg.com/; the listings in Table IV(A)-(E); EpimatrixTM and EpimerTM, Brown University, URL (www.browii.edu/Research/TB-HIV_Lab/epimatrix/epirnatrix.htrnl); and BIMAS, URL bimas.dcrt.nili.gov/).
  • peptide epitopes from 101P3A11 that are presented in the context of human MHC Class I molecules, e.g., HLA-A1, A2, A3, Al l, A24, B7 and B35 were predicted (see, e.g., Tables V-XVIII, XXII TO IL).
  • the complete amino acid sequence of the 101P3A11 protein and relevant portions of other variants i.e., for HLA Class I predictions 9 flanking redisues on either side of a point mutation, and for HLA Class II predictions 14 flanking residues on either side of a point mutation, were entered into the HLA Peptide Motif Search algorithm found in the Bioinformatics and Molecular Analysis Section (BIMAS) web site listed above; and the site SYFPEITHI at URL syfpeithi.bmi-heidelberg.com/ was used.
  • BIMAS Bioinformatics and Molecular Analysis Section
  • HLA peptide motif search algorithm was developed by Dr. Ken Parker based on binding of specific peptide sequences in the groove of HLA Class I molecules, in particular HLA-A2 (see, e.g., Falk et al, Nature 351 : 290-6 (1991); Hunt et al, Science 255:1261-3 (1992); Parker et al, J. Immunol. 149:3580-7 (1992); Parker et al, J. Immunol. 152:163-75 (1994)).
  • This algorithm allows location and ranking of 8-mer, 9-mer, and 10-mer peptides from a complete protein sequence for predicted binding to HLA-A2 as well as numerous other HLA Class I molecules.
  • HLA class I binding peptides are 8-, 9-, 10 or 11-mers.
  • the epitopes preferably contain a leucine (L) or methionine (M) at position 2 and a valine (V) or leucine (L) at the C-terminus (see, e.g., Parker et al, J. Immunol. 149:3580-7 (1992)).
  • Selected results of 101P3A11 predicted binding peptides are shown in Tables V-XVIII and XXII TO IL herein.
  • Tables V-XVIII and XXII TO IL selected candidates, 9-mers, 10-mers, and 15-mers for each family member are shown along with their location, the amino acid sequence of each specific peptide, and an estimated binding score.
  • the binding score corresponds to the estimated half time of dissociation of complexes containing the peptide at 37°C at pH 6.5.
  • Peptides with the highest binding score are predicted to be the most tightly bound to HLA Class I on the cell surface for the greatest period of time and thus represent the best immunogenic targets for T-cell recognition.
  • every epitope predicted by the BIMAS site, EpimerTM and EpimatrixTM sites, or specified by the HLA class I or class II motifs available in the art or which become part of the art such as set forth in Table IV (or determined using World Wide Web site URL syfpeithi.bmi-heidelberg.com/, or BIMAS, bimas.dcrt.nih.gov/) are to be "applied” to a 101P3A11 protein in accordance with the invention.
  • “applied” means that a 101P3A11 protein is evaluated, e.g., visually or by computer-based patterns finding methods, as appreciated by those of skill in the relevant art.
  • Every subsequence of a 101P3A11 protein of 8, 9, 10, or 11 amino acid residues that bears an HLA Class I motif, or a subsequence of 9 or more amino acid residues that bear an HLA Class II motif are within the scope of the invention.
  • 101P3A11 can be conveniently expressed in cells (such as 293T cells) transfected with a commercially available expression vector such as a CMV-driven expression vector encoding 101P3A11 with a C-terminal 6XHis and MYC tag (pcDNA3.1/mycHIS, Invitrogen or Tag5, GenHunter Corporation, Nashville TN).
  • the Tag5 vector provides an IgGK secretion signal that can be used to facilitate the production of a secreted 101P3A11 protein in transfected cells.
  • the secreted HIS-tagged 101P3A11 in the culture media can be purified, e.g., using a nickel column using standard techniques.
  • Modifications of 101P3A11-related proteins such as covalent modifications are included within the scope of this invention.
  • One type of covalent modification includes reacting targeted amino acid residues of a 101P3A11 polypeptide with an organic derivatizing agent that is capable of reacting with selected side chains or the N- or C- terminal residues of a 101P3A11 protein.
  • Another type of covalent modification of a 101P3A1 1 polypeptide included within the scope of this invention comprises altering the native glycosylation pattern of a protein of the invention.
  • Another type of covalent modification of 101P3A11 comprises linking a 101P3A11 polypeptide to one of a variety of nonproteinaceous polymers, e.g., polyethylene glycol (PEG), polypropylene glycol, or polyoxyalkylenes, in the manner set forth in U.S. Patent Nos. 4,640,835; 4,496,689; 4,301,144; 4,670,417; 4,791,192 or 4,179,337.
  • PEG polyethylene glycol
  • polypropylene glycol polypropylene glycol
  • polyoxyalkylenes polyoxyalkylenes
  • the 101P3A11-related proteins of the present invention can also be modified to form a chimeric molecule comprising 101P3A11 fused to another, heterologous polypeptide or amino acid sequence.
  • a chimeric molecule can be synthesized chemically or recombinantly.
  • a chimeric molecule can have a protein of the invention fused to another tumor-associated antigen or fragment thereof.
  • a protein in accordance with the invention can comprise a fusion of fragments of a 101P3A11 sequence (amino or nucleic acid) such that a molecule is created that is not, through its length, directly homologous to the amino or nucleic acid sequences shown in Figure 2 or Figure 3.
  • Such a chimeric molecule can comprise multiples of the same subsequence of 101P3A11.
  • a chimeric molecule can comprise a fusion of a 101P3A11-related protein with a polyhistidine epitope tag, which provides an epitope to which immobilized nickel can selectively bind, with cytokines or with growth factors.
  • the epitope tag is generally placed at the amino- or carboxyl- terminus of al01P3Al 1 protein.
  • the chimeric molecule can comprise a fusion of a 101P3A11- related protein with an immunoglobulin or a particular region of an immunoglobulin.
  • the chimeric molecule also referred to as an "immunoadhesin"
  • a fusion could be to the Fc region of an IgG molecule.
  • the Ig fusions preferably include the substitution of a soluble (transmembrane domain deleted or inactivated) form of a 101P3A11 polypeptide in place of at least one variable region within an Ig molecule.
  • the immunoglobulin fusion includes the liinge, CH2 and CH3, or the hinge, CHI, CH2 and CH3 regions of an IgGI molecule.
  • the proteins of the invention have a number of different specific uses.
  • 101P3A11 is highly expressed in prostate and other cancers
  • 101P3A11-related proteins are used in methods that assess the status of 101P3A11 gene products in normal versus cancerous tissues, thereby elucidating the malignant phenotype.
  • polypeptides from specific regions of a 101P3A11 protein are used to assess the presence of perturbations (such as deletions, insertions, point mutations etc.) in those regions (such as regions containing one or more motifs).
  • Exemplary assays utilize antibodies or T cells targeting 101P3A11-related proteins comprising the amino acid residues of one or more of the biological motifs contained within a 101P3A11 polypeptide sequence in order to evaluate the characteristics of this region in normal versus cancerous tissues or to elicit an immune response to the epitope.
  • 101P3A11-related proteins that contain the amino acid residues of one or more of the biological motifs in a 101P3A11 protein are used to screen for factors that interact with that region of 101P3A11.
  • 101P3A11 protein fragments/subsequences are particularly useful in generating and characterizing domain-specific antibodies (e.g., antibodies recognizing an extracellular or intracellular epitope of a 101P3A1 1 protein), for identifying agents or cellular factors that bind to 101P3A11 or a particular structural domain thereof, and in various therapeutic and diagnostic contexts, including but not limited to diagnostic assays, cancer vaccines and methods of preparing such vaccines.
  • domain- specific antibodies e.g., antibodies recognizing an extracellular or intracellular epitope of a 101P3A1 1 protein
  • Proteins encoded by the 101P3A11 genes have a variety of uses, including but not limited to generating antibodies and in methods for identifying ligands and other agents and cellular constituents that bind to a 101P3A11 gene product.
  • Antibodies raised against a 101P3A11 protein or fragment thereof are useful in diagnostic and prognostic assays, and imaging methodologies in the management of human cancers characterized by expression of 101P3A11 protein, such as those listed in Table I. Such antibodies can be expressed intracellularly and used in methods of treating patients with such cancers.
  • 101P3A11-related nucleic acids or proteins are also used in generating HTL or CTL responses.
  • immunological assays useful for the detection of 101P3A11 proteins are used, including but not limited to various types of radioimmunoassays, enzyme-linked immunosorbent assays (ELISA), enzyme-linked immunofluorescent assays (ELIFA), immunocytochemical methods, and the like.
  • Antibodies can be labeled and used as immunological imaging reagents capable of detecting 101P3A11 -expressing cells (e.g., in radioscintigraphic imaging methods).
  • 101P3A11 proteins are also particularly useful in generating cancer vaccines, as further described herein.
  • Another aspect of the invention provides antibodies that bind to 101P3A11-related proteins.
  • Preferred antibodies specifically bind to a 101P3A11-related protein and do not bind (or bind weakly) to peptides or proteins that are not 101P3A11-related proteins.
  • antibodies that bind 101P3A11 can bind 101P3A11-related proteins such as the homologs or analogs thereof.
  • 101P3A11 antibodies of the invention are particularly useful in cancer (see, e.g., Table I) diagnostic and prognostic assays, and imaging methodologies. Similarly, such antibodies are useful in the treatment, diagnosis, and/or prognosis of other cancers, to the extent 101P3A11 is also expressed or overexpressed in these other cancers. Moreover, intracellularly expressed antibodies (e.g., single chain antibodies) are therapeutically useful in treating cancers in which the expression of 101P3A11 is involved, such as advanced or metastatic prostate cancers. The invention also provides various immunological assays useful for the detection and quantification of 101P3A11 and mutant 101P3A11-related proteins.
  • Such assays can comprise one or more 101P3A11 antibodies capable of recognizing and binding a 101P3A11-related protein, as appropriate. These assays are performed within various immunological assay formats well known in the art, including but not limited to various types of radioimmunoassays, enzyme-linked immunosorbent assays (ELISA), enzyme-linked immunofluorescent assays (ELIFA), and the like.
  • ELISA enzyme-linked immunosorbent assays
  • ELIFA enzyme-linked immunofluorescent assays
  • Immunological non-antibody assays of the invention also comprise T cell immunogenicity assays (inhibitory or stimulatory) as well as major histocompatibility complex (MHC) binding assays.
  • T cell immunogenicity assays inhibitory or stimulatory
  • MHC major histocompatibility complex
  • immunological imaging methods capable of detecting prostate cancer and other cancers expressing 101P3A11 are also provided by the invention, including but not limited to radioscintigraphic imaging methods using labeled 101P3A11 antibodies.
  • assays are clinically useful in the detection, monitoring, and prognosis of 101P3A11 expressing cancers such as prostate cancer.
  • 101P3A11 antibodies are also used in methods for purifying a 101P3A11-related protein and for isolating 101P3A11 homologues and related molecules.
  • a method of purifying a 101P3A11-related protein comprises incubating a 101P3A11 antibody, which has been coupled to a solid matrix, with a lysate or other solution containing a 101P3A11-related protein under conditions that permit the 101P3A11 antibody to bind to the 101P3A11- related protein; washing the solid matrix to eliminate impurities; and eluting the 101P3A11-related protein from the coupled antibody.
  • Other uses of 101P3A11 antibodies in accordance with the invention include generating anti- idiotypic antibodies that mimic a 101P3A11 protein.
  • antibodies can be prepared by immunizing a suitable mammalian host using a 101P3A11-related protein, peptide, or fragment, in isolated or immunoconjugated form (Antibodies: A Laboratory Manual, CSH Press, Eds., Harlow, and Lane (1988); Harlow, Antibodies, Cold Spring Harbor Press, NY (1989)).
  • fusion proteins of 101P3A11 can also be used, such as a 101P3A11 GST-fusion protein.
  • a GST fusion protein comprising all or most of the amino acid sequence of Figure 2 or Figure 3 is produced, then used as an immunogen to generate appropriate antibodies.
  • a 101P3A11-related protein is synthesized and used as an immunogen.
  • naked DNA immunization techniques known in the art are used (with or without purified 101P3A11-related protein or 101P3A11 expressing cells) to generate an immune response to the encoded immunogen (for review, see Donnelly et al, 1997, Ann. Rev. Immunol. 15: 617-648).
  • the amino acid sequence of a 101P3A11 protein as shown in Figure 2 or Figure 3 can be analyzed to select specific regions of the 101P3A11 protein for generating antibodies.
  • hydrophobicity and hydrophilicity analyses of a 101P3A11 amino acid sequence are used to identify hydrophilic regions in the 101P3A11 structure.
  • Regions of a 101P3A11 protein that show immunogenic structure, as well as other regions and domains, can readily be identified using various other methods known in the art, such as Chou-Fasman, Gamier-Robson, Kyte-Doolittle, Eisenberg, Karplus-Schultz or Jameson- Wolf analysis.
  • Hydrophilicity profiles can be generated using the method of Hopp, T.P.
  • Hydropathicity profiles can be generated using the method of Kyte, J. and Doolittle, R.F., 1982, J. Mol. Biol. 157:105-132. Percent (%) Accessible Residues profiles can be generated using the method of Jamn J., 1979, Nature 277:491-492. Average Flexibility profiles can be generated using the method of Bhaskaran R., Ponnuswamy P.K., 1988, Int. J. Pept. Protein Res. 32:242-255.
  • Beta-turn profiles can be generated using the method of Deleage, G, Roux B., 1987, Protein Engineering 1 :289-294. Thus, each region identified by any of these programs or methods is within the scope of the present invention. Methods for the generation of 101P3A1 1 antibodies are further illustrated by way of the examples provided herein. Methods for preparing a protein or polypeptide for use as an immunogen are well known in the art. Also well known in the art are methods for preparing immunogenic conjugates of a protein with a carrier, such as BSA, KLH or other carrier protein.
  • 101P3A11 monoclonal antibodies can be produced by various means well known in the art. For example, immortalized cell lines that secrete a desired monoclonal antibody are prepared using the standard hybridoma technology of Kohler and Milstein or modifications that immortalize antibody-producing B cells, as is generally known. Immortalized cell lines that secrete the desired antibodies are screened by immunoassay in which the antigen is a 101P3A11-related protein. When the appropriate immortalized cell culture is identified, the cells can be expanded and antibodies produced either from in vitro cultures or from ascites fluid.
  • the antibodies or fragments of the invention can also be produced, by recombinant means. Regions that bind specifically to the desired regions of a 101P3A11 protein can also be produced in the context of chimeric or complementarity determining region (CDR) grafted antibodies of multiple species origin. Humanized or human 101P3A11 antibodies can also be produced, and are preferred for use in therapeutic contexts.
  • CDR complementarity determining region
  • Fully human 101P3A11 monoclonal antibodies can be generated using cloning technologies employing large human Ig gene combinatorial libraries (i.e., phage display) (Griffiths and Hoogenboom, Building an in vitro immune system: human antibodies from phage display libraries. In: Protein Engineering of Antibody Molecules for Prophylactic and Therapeutic Applications in Man, Clark, M. (Ed.), Nottingham Academic, pp 45-64 ( 1993); Burton and Barbas, Human Antibodies from combinatorial libraries. Id., pp 65-82).
  • Fully human 101P3A11 monoclonal antibodies can also be produced using transgenic mice engineered to contain human immunoglobulin gene loci as described in PCT Patent Application W098/24893, Kucherlapati and Jakobovits et al, published December 3, 1997 (see also, Jakobovits, 1998, Exp. Opin. Invest. Dmgs 7(4): 607-614; U.S. patents 6,162,963 issued 19 December 2000; 6,150,584 issued 12 November 2000; and, 6,114598 issued 5 September 2000). This method avoids the in vitro manipulation required with phage display technology and efficiently produces high affinity authentic human antibodies.
  • Reactivity of 101P3A11 antibodies with a 101P3A1 1-related protein can be established by a number of well known means, including Western blot, immunoprecipitation, ELISA, and FACS analyses using, as appropriate, 101P3A11-related proteins, 101P3A11-expressing cells or extracts thereof.
  • a 101P3A11 antibody or fragment thereof can be labeled with a detectable marker or conjugated to a second molecule. Suitable detectable markers include, but are not limited to, a radioisotope, a fluorescent compound, a bioluminescent compound, chemiluminescent compound, a metal chelator or an enzyme.
  • bi-specific antibodies specific for two or more 101P3A11 epitopes are generated using methods generally known in the art. Homodimeric antibodies can also be generated by cross-linking techniques known in the art (e.g., Wolff et al, Cancer Res. 53: 2560-2565).
  • the present invention relates to polyclonal and monoclonal antibodies raised in response to either 101P3A11, or biologically active fragments thereof.
  • the polyclonal and/or monoclonal antibodies of the present invention especially 101P3A11 neutralizing antibodies (antibodies that block 101P3A11 function and/or block its binding with ligands), will also be useful as therapeutics to modulate 101P3A11 expression and/or activity.
  • polyclonal and/or monoclonal antibodies of the present invention are useful as (1) diagnostics for qualitative and/or quantitative detection of 101P3A11 expression in a variety of immunoassays, e.g., Western blotting; immunohistochemistry and immunoprecipitation (of samples/biopsies of material such as tissue, serum, blood, urine or semen); and, (ii) as noted above, inhibition of 101P3A11 function using 101P3A11 neutralizing antibodies for the treatment of diseases associated with 101P3A11 overexpression such as cancers of tissues listed in Table I.
  • immunoassays e.g., Western blotting
  • immunohistochemistry and immunoprecipitation of samples/biopsies of material such as tissue, serum, blood, urine or semen
  • inhibition of 101P3A11 function using 101P3A11 neutralizing antibodies for the treatment of diseases associated with 101P3A11 overexpression such as cancers of tissues listed in Table I.
  • Antibodies that antagonize the effect of 101P3A11 can be administered directly by methods known in the art (see, e.g., Antibodies in Human Diagnosis and Therapy by Raven Press, New York (1977)).
  • Monoclonal antibodies are especially preferred for the treatment of tumors associated with an abnormal 101P3A11 expression.
  • a 101P3A11 monoclonal antibody which slows the progression of a cancer associated with an increase in 101P3A11 expression within cancer cells, and in turn can cause tumor shrinkage over time, will be especially useful.
  • HerceptinTM a recombinant DNA-derived humanized monoclonal antibody that selectively binds to the extracellular domain of the human epidermal growth factor 2 (HER2).
  • the antibody is produced in CHO cells and the final product is available as a lyophilized powder.
  • HER2 has been shown to be overexpressed in 25-30% of primary breast cancers.
  • administration of HerceptinTM has been shown to inhibit the proliferation of tumor cells which ovcrexprcss HER2.
  • a prospective 101P3A11 monoclonal antibody can be "humanized” by methods well known in the art, such as XcnomouscTM technology (Abgenix), or antibody phage display, in order to reduce any unwanted immunological effects of human administration of the antibody.
  • the 101P3A11 -based antibody can be a chimera, most likely a mouse/human or rat/human chimera.
  • any such therapeutic 101P3A11 -based antibody can be administered alone or within a regime that includes other cancer therapies, such as known chemotherapeutic agents, which can act in concert to reduce tumor growth associated with increased 101P3A11 expression.
  • RituxanTM a recombinant DNA- based mouse/human chimeric monoclonal antibody which has been shown to be effective in treating patients with low grade B-cell non-Hodgkin's lymphoma (NHL), a cancer of the immune system.
  • NHL low grade B-cell non-Hodgkin's lymphoma
  • Rituxan targets and destroys white blood cells (B cells) involved in the disease, resulting insignificant tumor shrinkage with less severe side- effects than most cancer treatments.
  • Additional monoclonal antibodies currently under development include (i) an anti-CD-20 monoclonal antibody to treat patients with low-grade lymphomas, (ii) a combination anti-EGFr antibody with doxorubicin in patients with hormone refractory prostate cancer as well as a combination anti- EGFr antibody with cisplatin in patients with head and neck and lung cancer.
  • a 101P3A11 anti-idiotype antibody can also be administered so as to stimulate a host immune response to tumors overexpressing 101P3A11. Therefore, it is evident that 101P3A11 antibodies, especially 101P3A11 monoclonal antibodies, are potentially useful tools, along or in combination with other cancer therapies, for direct therapeutic intervention of cancers characterized by an increase in 101P3A11 expression.
  • the antibodies of the invention also comprise polyclonal antibodies. Methods of preparing polyclonal antibodies are known to the skilled artisan. Polyclonal antibodies can be raised in a mammal, for example, by one or more injections of an immunizing agent and, if desired, an adjuvant. Typically, the immunizing agent and/or adjuvant will be injected in the mammal by multiple subcutaneous or intraperitoneal injections.
  • the immunizing agent can include a 101P3A11 polypeptide or a fusion protein thereof. It can be useful to conjugate the immunizing agent to a protein known to be immunogenic in the mammal being immunized.
  • immunogenic proteins include but are not limited to keyhole limpet hemocyanin, serum albumin, bovine thyroglobulin, and soybean trypsin inhibitor.
  • adjuvants which can be employed include Freund's complete adjuvant and MPL-TDM adjuvant (monophosphoryl Lipid A, synthetic trehalose dicorynomycolate).
  • the immunization protocol can be selected by one skilled in the art without undue experimentation. The mammal can then be bled, and the serum assayed for antibody titer. If desired, the mammal can be boosted until the antibody titer increases or plateaus.
  • the antibodies of the invention can, alternatively, be monoclonal antibodies.
  • Monoclonal antibodies can be prepared using hybridoma methods, such as those described by Kohler and Milstein, Nature, 256:495 (1975).
  • a hybridoma method a mouse, hamster, or other appropriate host animal, is typically immunized with an immunizing agent to elicit lymphocytes that produce or are capable of producing antibodies that will specifically bind to the immunizing agent.
  • the lymphocytes can be immunized in vitro.
  • the immunizing agent will typically include a 101P3A11 polypeptide or a fusion protein thereof.
  • peripheral blood lymphocytes are used if cells of human origin are desired, or spleen cells or lymph node cells are used if non-human mammalian sources are desired.
  • the lymphocytes are then fused with an immortalized cell line using a suitable fusing agent, such as polyethylene glycol, to form a hybridoma cell (Goding, Monoclonal Antibodies: Principles and Practice, Academic Press, (1986) pp. 59-103].
  • Immortalized cell lines are usually transformed mammalian cells, particularly myeloma cells of rodent, bovine and human origin. Usually, rat or mouse myeloma cell lines are employed.
  • the hybridoma cells can be cultured in a suitable culture medium that preferably contains one or more substances that inhibit the growth or survival of the unfused, immortalized cells.
  • a suitable culture medium that preferably contains one or more substances that inhibit the growth or survival of the unfused, immortalized cells.
  • the culture medium for the hybridomas typically will include hypoxanthine, aminopterin, and thymidine ("HAT medium"), which substances prevent the growth of HGPRT- deficient cells.
  • HGPRT medium hypoxanthine, aminopterin, and thymidine
  • SLAM technology can be employedfor screening as appreciated by one of skill in the art.
  • Preferred immortalized cell lines are those that fuse efficiently, support stable high level expression of antibody by the selected antibody-producing cells, and are sensitive to a medium such as HAT medium.
  • More preferred immortalized cell lines are murine myeloma lines, which can be obtained, for instance, from the Salk Institute Cell Distribution Center, San Diego, Calif, and the American Type Culture Collection, Manassas, Vir.
  • An example of such a murine myeloma cell line is P3X63AgU.1.
  • Human myeloma and mouse-human heteromyeloma cell lines also have been described for the production of human monoclonal antibodies (Kozbor, J. Immunol., 133:3001 (1984); Brodeur et al., Monoclonal Antibody Production Techniques and Applications, Marcel Dekker, Inc., New York, (1987) pp. 51-63).
  • the culture medium in which the hybridoma cells are cultured can then be assayed for the presence of monoclonal antibodies directed against the 101P3A11.
  • the binding specificity of monoclonal antibodies produced by the hybridoma cells is determined by immunoprecipitation or by an in in vitro binding assay, such as radioimmunoassay (RIA) or enzyme-linked immunoabsorbent assay (ELISA).
  • RIA radioimmunoassay
  • ELISA enzyme-linked immunoabsorbent assay
  • the binding affinity of the monoclonal antibody can, for example, be determined by the Scatchard analysis of Munson and Pollard, Anal. Biochem., 107:220 (1980).
  • the clones can be subcloned by limiting dilution procedures and grown by standard methods (Goding, Monoclonal Antibodies: Principles and Practice, Academic Press, (1986)). Suitable culture media for this purpose include, for example, Dulbecco's Modified Eagle's Medium or RPMI-1640 medium. Alternatively, the hybridoma cells can be grown in vivo as ascites in a mammal.
  • the monoclonal antibodies secreted by the subclones can be isolated or purified from the culture medium or ascites fluid by conventional immunoglobulin purification procedures such as, for example, protein A- Sepharose, hydroxylapatite chromatography, gel electrophoresis, dialysis, or affinity chromatography.
  • the monoclonal antibodies can also be made by recombinant DNA methods, such as those described in U.S. Pat. No. 4,816,567.
  • DNA encoding the monoclonal antibodies of the invention can be readily isolated and sequenced using conventional procedures (e.g., by using oligonucleotide probes that are capable of binding specifically to genes encoding the heavy and light chains of murine antibodies).
  • the hybridoma cells of the invention serve as a preferred source of such DNA.
  • the DNA can be placed into expression vectors, which are then transfected into host cells such as simian COS cells, Chinese hamster ovary (CHO) cells, or myeloma cells that do not otherwise produce immunoglobulin protein, to obtain the synthesis of monoclonal antibodies in the recombinant host cells.
  • host cells such as simian COS cells, Chinese hamster ovary (CHO) cells, or myeloma cells that do not otherwise produce immunoglobulin protein, to obtain the synthesis of monoclonal antibodies in the recombinant host cells.
  • the DNA also can be modified, for example, by substituting the coding sequence for human heavy and light chain constant domains in place of the homologous murine sequences (see, e.g., U.S. Pat. No. 4,816,567; Morrison et al, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci.
  • chimeric antibodies can be constructed which include at least one variable or hypervariable domain of an anti-101P3Al 1 antibody selected from the antibodies disclosed herein.
  • the antibody capable of inhibiting 101P3A11 function of the present invention will bind to the same epitope(s) as any of the antibodies disclosed herein. This can be determined by conducting various assays, such as described herein. For instance, to determine whether a monoclonal antibody has the same specificity as the antibodies referred to herein, one can compare its activity in blocking assays or inliibition assays or functional assays.
  • the antibodies of the invention include "cross-linked” antibodies.
  • the term “cross-linked” as used herein refers to binding of at least two IgG molecules together to form one (or single) molecule.
  • the 101P3A11 antibodies can be cross-linked using various linker molecules and optionally the antibodies are cross-linked using an anti- IgG molecule, complement, chemical modification or molecular engineering. It is appreciated by those skilled in the art that complement has a relatively high affinity to antibody molecules once the antibodies bind to cell surface membrane. Accordingly, complement can be used as a cross-linking molecule to link two or more antibodies bound to cell surface membrane.
  • IgM, IgG2a and IgG2b are known to fix complement.
  • the antibodies of the invention can optionally comprise dimeric antibodies, as well as multivalent forms of antibodies. Those skilled in the art can construct such dimers or multivalent forms by techniques known in the art and using the anti-101P3Al 1 antibodies herein.
  • the antibodies of the invention can also comprise monovalent antibodies.
  • Methods for preparing monovalent antibodies are well known in the art. For example, one method involves recombinant expression of immunoglobulin light chain and modified heavy chain.
  • the heavy chain is truncated generally at any point in the Fc region so as to prevent heavy chain crosslinking.
  • the relevant cysteine residues are substituted with another amino acid residue or are deleted so as to prevent crosslinking.
  • In vitro methods are also suitable for preparing monovalent antibodies.
  • Digestion of antibodies to produce fragments thereof, particularly, Fab fragments can be accomplished using routine techniques known in the art. For instance, digestion can be performed using papain. Examples of papain digestion are described in WO 94/29348 published Dec. 22, 1994 and U.S. Pat. No. 4,342,566.
  • Papain digestion of antibodies typically produces two identical antigen binding fragments, called Fab fragments, each with a single antigen binding site, and a residual Fc fragment. Pepsin treatment yields an F(ab')2 fragment that has two antigen combining sites and is still capable of cross-linking antigen.
  • the Fab fragments produced in the antibody digestion also contain the constant domains of the light chain and the first constant domain (CHI) of the heavy chain.
  • Fab' fragments differ from Fab fragments by the addition of a few residues at the carboxy terminus of the heavy chain CHI domain including one or more cysteines from the antibody hinge region.
  • Fab'-SH is the designation herein for Fab' in which the cysteine residue(s) of the constant domains bear a free thiol group.
  • F(ab')2 antibody fragments originally were produced as pairs of Fab' fragments which have hinge cysteines between them. Other chemical couplings of antibody fragments are also known.
  • Single chain Fv fragments can also be produced, such as described in Iliades et al, FEBS Letters, 409:437-441 (1997). Coupling of such single chain fragments using various linkers is described in Kortt et al., Protein Engineering, 10:423-433 (1997).
  • chimeric or hybrid antibodies are prepared using known methods in synthetic protein chemistry, including those involving crosslinking agents.
  • immunotoxins can be constructed using a disulfide exchange reaction or by forming a thioether bond.
  • suitable reagents for this purpose include iminothiolate and methyl-4-mercaptobutyrimidate.
  • the 101P3A11 antibodies of the invention further comprise humanized antibodies or human antibodies.
  • Humanized forms of non-human (e.g., murine) antibodies are chimeric immunoglobulins, immunoglobulin chains or fragments thereof (such as Fv, Fab, Fab', F(ab') 2 or other antigen-binding subsequences of antibodies) which contain minimal sequence derived from non-human immunoglobulin.
  • Humanized antibodies include human immunoglobulins (recipient antibody) in which residues from a complementary determining region (CDR) of the recipient are replaced by residues from a CDR of a non-human species (donor antibody) such as mouse, rat or rabbit having the desired specificity, affinity and capacity.
  • CDR complementary determining region
  • Fv framework residues of the human immunoglobulin are replaced by corresponding non-human residues.
  • Humanized antibodies can also comprise residues which are found neither in the recipient antibody nor in the imported CDR or framework sequences.
  • the humanized antibody will comprise substantially all of at least one, and typically two, variable domains, in which all or substantially all of the CDR regions correspond to those of a non-human immunoglobulin and all or substantially all of the FR regions are those of a human immunoglobulin consensus sequence.
  • the humanized antibody optimally also will comprise at least a portion of an immunoglobulin constant region (Fc), typically that of a human immunoglobulin (Jones et al., Nature, 321 :522-525 (1986); Riechmann et al., Nature 332:323-329 (1988); and Presta, Curr. Op. Struct. Biol., 2:593-596 (1992)).
  • Fc immunoglobulin constant region
  • a humanized antibody has one or more amino acid residues introduced into it from a source which is non-human. These non- human amino acid residues are often referred to as "import" residues, which are typically taken from an "import” variable domain.
  • Humanization can be essentially performed following the method of Winter and co- workers (Jones et al., Nature, 321:522-525 (1986); Riechmann et al. , Nature 332:323-327 (1988); Verhoeyen et al., Science 239:1534-1536 (1988)), by substituting rodent CDRs or CDR sequences for the corresponding sequences of a human antibody.
  • humanized antibodies are chimeric antibodies (U.S. Pat. No. 4,816,567), wherein substantially less than an intact human variable domain has been substituted by the corresponding sequence from a non-human species.
  • humanized antibodies are typically human antibodies in which some CDR residues and possibly some FR residues are substituted by residues from analogous sites in rodent antibodies.
  • Sources of such import residues or import variable domains (or CDRs) include antibodies that specifically bind 101P3A11.
  • variable domains both light and heavy
  • the choice of human variable domains, both light and heavy, to be used in making the humanized antibodies is very important in order to reduce antigenicity.
  • the sequence of the variable domain of a rodent antibody is screened against the entire library of known human variable domain sequences.
  • the human sequence which is closest to that of the rodent is then accepted as the human framework (FR) for the humanized antibody (Sims et al., J. Immunol., 151:2296-2308 (1993); Chothia and Lesk, J. Mol. Biol., 196:901- 917 (1987)).
  • Another method uses a particular framework derived from the consensus sequence of all human antibodies of a particular subgroup of light or heavy chains.
  • humanized antibodies are prepared by a process of analysis of the parental sequences and various conceptual humanized products using three dimensional models of the parental and humanized sequences.
  • Three dimensional immunoglobulin models are commonly available and are familiar to those skilled in the art.
  • Computer programs are available which illustrate and display probable three-dimensional conformational structures of selected candidate immunoglobulin sequences. Inspection of these displays permits analysis of the likely role of the residues in the functioning of the candidate immunoglobulin sequence, i.e., the analysis of residues that influence the ability of the candidate immunoglobulin to bind its antigen.
  • FR residues can be selected and combined from the consensus and import sequence so that the desired antibody characteristic, such as increased affinity for the target antigen(s), is achieved.
  • the CDR residues are directly and most substantially involved in influencing antigen binding (see, WO 94/04679 published 3 March 1994).
  • Human monoclonal antibodies can be made via an adaptation of the hybridoma method first described by Kohler and Milstein by using human B lymphocytes as the fusion partner.
  • Human B lymphocytes producing an antibody of interest can, for example, be isolated from a human individual, after obtaining informed consent. For instance, the individual can be producing antibodies against an autoantigen as occurs with certain disorders such as systemic lupus erythematosus (Shoenfeld et al. J.
  • lymphocytes can be immunized in vitro.
  • a lysomotrophic agent e.g., L- leucine-O-methyl ester, L-glutamic acid dimethly ester or L-leucyl-L- leucine-O-methyl ester
  • T-cell depleted human peripheral blood lymphocytes can be treated in vitro with adjuvants such as 8-mercaptoguanosine and cytokines (U.S. Pat. No. 5,229,275, Goroff et al.).
  • the B lymphocytes recovered from the subject or immunized in vitro are then generally immortalized in order to generate a human monoclonal antibody.
  • Techniques for immortalizing the B lymphocyte include, but ate not limited to: (a) fusion of the human B lymphocyte with human, murine myelomas or mouse-human heteromyeloma cells; (b) viral transformation (e.g. with an Epstein-Barr virus; see Nugent et al., supra, for example); (c) fusion with a lymphoblastoid cell line; or (d) fusion with lymphoma cells.
  • Lymphocytes can be fused with myeloma cells using a suitable fusing agent, such as polyethylene glycol, to form a hybridoma cell (Goding, Monoclonal Antibodies: Principles and Practice, pp. 59- 103 (Academic Press, 1986)).
  • a suitable fusing agent such as polyethylene glycol
  • the hybridoma cells thus prepared ate seeded and grown in a suitable culture medium that preferably contains one or more substances that inhibit the growth or survival of the unfused, parental myeloma cells.
  • the culture medium for the hybridomas typically will include hypoxanthine, aminopterin, and thymidine (HAT medium), which substances prevent the growth of HGPRT-deficient cells.
  • HGPRT hypoxanthine guanine phosphoribosyl transferase
  • HAT medium thymidine
  • Suitable human myeloma and mouse-human heteromyeloma cell lines have been described (Kozbor, J. Immunol., 133:3001 (1984); Brodeur et al., Monoclonal Antibody Production Techniques and Applications, pp. 51-63 (Marcel Dekker, Inc., New York, 1987)).
  • Culture medium in which hybridoma cells are growing is assayed for production of monoclonal antibodies directed against the antigen.
  • the binding specificity of monoclonal antibodies produced by hybridoma cells is determined by immunoprecipitation or by an in vitro binding assay, such as radioimmunoassay (RIA) or enzyme-linked immunoabsorbent assay (ELISA).
  • RIA radioimmunoassay
  • ELISA enzyme-linked immunoabsorbent assay
  • the clones can be subcloned by limiting dilution procedures and grown by standard methods (Goding, Monoclonal Antibodies: Principles and Practice, p ⁇ .59-103 (Academic Press, 1986)).
  • Suitable culture media for this purpose include, for example, D-MEM or RPMI-1640 medium.
  • the monoclonal antibodies secreted by the subclones are suitably separated from the culture medium, ascites fluid, or serum by conventional immunoglobulin purification procedures such as, for example, protein A chromatography, gel electrophoresis, dialysis, or affinity chromatography.
  • Human antibodies can also be generated using a non-human host, such as a mouse, which is capable of producing human antibodies.
  • a non-human host such as a mouse
  • transgenic mice are now available that are capable, upon immunization, of producing a full repertoire of human antibodies in the absence of endogenous immunoglobulin production.
  • JH antibody heavy-chain joining region
  • the human antibody can be selected from a human antibody phage display library.
  • the preparation of libraries of antibodies or fragments thereof is well known in the art and any of the known methods can be used to construct a family of transformation vectors which can be introduced into host cells.
  • Libraries of antibody light and heavy chains in phage (Huse et al., Science, 246: 1275 (1989)) or of fusion proteins in phage or phagemid can be prepared according to known procedures. See, for example, Vaughan et al, Nature Biotechnology 14:309-314 (1996); Barbas et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci., USA, 88:7978-7982 (1991); Marks et al., J. Mol.
  • the 101P3A11 antibodies will optionally possess one or more desired biological activities or properties. Such antibodies can include but are not limited to chimeric, humanized, human, and affinity matured antibodies. As described above, the antibodies can be constructed or engineered using various techniques to achieve these desired activities or properties. In one embodiment, the 101P3A11 antibody will have a 101P3A11 binding affinity of at least 10 "5 M, preferably at least in the range of 10 "6 M to 10 "7 M, mote preferably, at least in the range of 10 "8 M to 10 '12 M and even more preferably, at least in the range of 10 "9 M to 10 "12 M.
  • the binding affinity of the antibody can be determined without undue experimentation by testing the antibody in accordance with techniques known in the art, including Scatchard analysis (Munson and Pollard, Anal. Biochem., 107:220 (1980)).
  • a 101P3A11 antibody can be assayed for binding affinity to 101P3A11, including constructs or fragments thereof.
  • the antibody interacts in such a way to create a steric conformation which prevents binding of an antibody capable of inhibiting or enhancing 101P3A11 function.
  • the epitope binding property of the antibody of the present invention can be determined using techniques known in the art.
  • the antibodies of the present invention can be modified by conjugating the antibody to a cytotoxic agent (like a toxin molecule) or a prodrug- activating enzyme which converts a prodrug (e.g. a peptidyl chemotherapeutic agent, see WO81/01145) to an active anti-cancer drug.
  • a cytotoxic agent like a toxin molecule
  • a prodrug- activating enzyme which converts a prodrug (e.g. a peptidyl chemotherapeutic agent, see WO81/01145) to an active anti-cancer drug.
  • a prodrug-activating enzyme which converts a prodrug (e.g. a peptidyl chemotherapeutic agent, see WO81/01145) to an active anti-cancer drug.
  • ADEPT Antibody Dependent Enzyme Mediated Prodrug Therapy
  • the enzyme component of the immunoconjugate useful for ADEPT includes any enzyme capable of acting on a prodrug in such a way so as to covert it into its more active, cytotoxic form.
  • Enzymes that are useful in the method of this invention include, but are not limited to, alkaline phosphatase useful for converting phosphate-containing prodmgs into free d gs; arylsulfatase useful for converting sulfate-containing prodrugs into free drugs; cytosine deaminase useful for converting non-toxic 5- fluorocytosine into the anti-cancer drug, 5- fluorouracil; proteases, such as serratia protease, thermolysin, subtilisin, carboxypeptidases and cathepsins (such as cathepsins B and L), that are useful for converting peptide-containing prodmgs into free dmgs; caspases such as caspase-3; D-alanylcar
  • antibodies with enzymatic activity can be used to convert the prodrugs of the invention into free active drugs (see, e.g., Massey, Nature 328: 457-458 (1987)).
  • Antibody- abzyme conjugates can be prepared as described herein for delivery of the abzyme to a tumor cell population.
  • the enzymes can be covalently bound to the antibodies by techniques well known in the art such as the use of heterobifunctional crosslinking reagents.
  • fusion proteins comprising at least the antigen binding region of an antibody of the invention linked to at least a functionally active portion of an enzyme of the invention can be constructed using recombinant DNA techniques well known in the art (see, e.g., Neuberger et al., Nature, 312: 604-608 (1984).
  • the antibodies can be linked to one of a variety of nonproteinaceous polymers, e.g., polyethylene glycol, polypropylene glycol, polyoxyalkylenes, or copolymers of polyethylene glycol and polypropylene glycol.
  • nonproteinaceous polymers e.g., polyethylene glycol, polypropylene glycol, polyoxyalkylenes, or copolymers of polyethylene glycol and polypropylene glycol.
  • the antibody also can be entrapped in microcapsules prepared, for example, by coacervation techniques or by interfacial polymerization (for example, hydroxymethylcellulose or gelatin-microcapsules and poly- (methylmethacylate) microcapsules, respectively), in colloidal drug delivery systems (for example, liposomes, albumin microspheres, microemulsions, nano-particles and nanocapsules), or in macroemulsions.
  • colloidal drug delivery systems for example, liposomes, albumin microspheres, microemulsions, nano-particles and nanocapsules
  • macroemulsions for example, liposomes, albumin microspheres, microemulsions, nano-particles and nanocapsules
  • a salvage receptor binding epitope into the antibody (especially an antibody fragment) as described, e.g., in U.S. Pat. No.
  • the term "salvage receptor binding epitope” refers to an epitope of the Fc region of an IgG molecule (e.g., IgGl, IgG2, IgG3, or IgG4) that is responsible for increasing the in vivo serum half-life of the IgG molecule.
  • the antibody capable of inhibiting 101P3A11 function are preferably administered in a carrier.
  • the molecules can be administered in a single carrier, or alternatively, can be included in separate carriers. Suitable carriers and their formulations are described in Remington's Pharmaceutical Sciences, 16th ed., 1980, Mack Publishing Co., edited by Oslo et al. Typically, an appropriate amount of a pharmaceutically-acceptable salt is used in the carrier to render the formulation isotonic.
  • the carrier include saline, Ringer's solution and dextrose solution.
  • the pH of the solution is preferably from about 5 to about 8, and more preferably from about 7.4 to about 7.8. It will be apparent to those persons skilled in the art that certain carriers are preferred depending upon, for instance, the route of administration and concentration of agent being administered.
  • the carrier can be in the form of a lyophilized formulation or aqueous solution.
  • Acceptable carriers, excipients, or stabilizers are preferably nontoxic to cells and/or recipients at the dosages and concentrations employed, and include buffers such as phosphate, citrate, and other organic acids; antioxidants including ascorbic acid and methionine; preservatives (such as octadecyldimethylbenzyl ammonium chloride; hexamethonium chloride; benzalkonium chloride, benzethonium chloride; phenol, butyl or benzyl alcohol; alkyl parabens such as methyl or propyl paraben; catechol; resorcinol; cyclohexanol; 3-pentanol; and m- cresol); low molecular weight (less than about 10 residues) polypeptides; proteins, such as serum albumin, gelatin, or immunoglobulins; hydrophilic polymers such as polyvinylpyrrolidone; amino acids such as glyeine, glutamine, asparag
  • the formulation can also contain more than one active compound as necessary for the particular indication being treated, preferably those with complementary activities, and preferably that do not adversely affect each other.
  • the composition can comprise a cytotoxic agent, cytokine or growth inhibitory agent. Such molecules are suitably present in combination in amounts that are effective for the purpose intended.
  • the antibody capable of inhibiting 101P3A11 function can also be entrapped in microcapsules prepared, for example, by coacervation techniques or by interfacial polymerization, for example, hydroxymethylcellulose or gelatin- microcapsules and poly-(methylmethacylate) microcapsules, respectively, in colloidal drag delivery systems (for example, liposomes, albumin microspheres, microemulsions, nano-particles and nanocapsules) or in macroemulsions.
  • colloidal drag delivery systems for example, liposomes, albumin microspheres, microemulsions, nano-particles and nanocapsules
  • the formulations to be used for in vivo administration should be sterile. This is readily accomplished by filtration through sterile filtration membranes.
  • sustained-release preparations can be prepared. Suitable examples of sustained-release preparations include semipermeable matrices of solid hydrophobic polymers containing the antibody, which matrices are in the form of shaped articles, e.g. films, or microcapsules. Examples of sustained-release matrices include polyesters, hydrogels (for example, poly(2-hydroxyethyl-methacrylate), or poly(vinylalcohol)), polylactides (U.S. Pat. No.
  • An antibody(s) capable of inhibiting 101P3A11 function can be administered in accord with known methods, such as intravenous administration as a bolus or by continuous infusion over a period of time, by intramuscular, intraperitoneal, intrathecal, subcutaneous, intra-articular, intrasynovial, intrathecal, oral, topical, or inhalation routes.
  • administration can be performed through mini-pump infusion using various commercially available devices.
  • Effective dosages and schedules for administering an antibody capable of inhibiting 101P3A11 function can be determined empirically, and making such determinations is within the skill in the art. Effective dosage or amount of an antibody capable of inhibiting 101P3A11 function used alone may range from about 1 ⁇ g/kg to about 100 mg/kg of body weight or more per day. Interspecies scaling of dosages can be performed in a manner known in the art, e.g., as disclosed in Mordenti et al., Pharmaceut. Res., 8: 1351 (1991).
  • the dosage of an antibody capable of inhibiting 101P3A11 function that must be administered will vary depending on, for example, the mammal which will receive the an antibody capable of inhibiting 101P3A11 function, the route of administration, and other drugs or therapies being administered to the mammal.
  • ⁇ g/kg to 15 mg/kg (e.g. 0.1-20 mg/kg) of antibody is an initial candidate dosage for administration, whether, for example, by one or more separate administrations, or by continuous infusion.
  • a typical daily dosage might range from about 1 ⁇ g/kg to 100 mg/kg or more, depending on the factors mentioned above.
  • the treatment is sustained until a desired suppression of disease symptoms occurs.
  • other dosage regimens can be useful.
  • the one or more other therapies can include but are not limited to, other chemotherapies (or chemotherapeutic agents) and/or radiation therapy, immunoadjuvants, growth inhibitory agents, cytokines, and other non-Her-2 antibody-based therapies.
  • chemotherapies or chemotherapeutic agents
  • radiation therapy immunoadjuvants
  • growth inhibitory agents cytokines
  • non-Her-2 antibody-based therapies examples include interleukins (e.g., IL-1, IL-2, IL-3, IL-6), leukemia inhibitory factor, interferons, erythropoietin, thrombopoietin, and anti-VEGF antibody.
  • interleukins e.g., IL-1, IL-2, IL-3, IL-6
  • leukemia inhibitory factor e.g., interferons
  • erythropoietin erythropoietin
  • thrombopoietin thrombop
  • chemotherapies contemplated by the invention include chemical substances or drugs which are known in the art and are commercially available, such as Adriamycin, Doxorubicin, 5-Fluorouracil, Cytosine arabinoside ("Ara-C"), Cyclophosphamide, Leucovorin, Thiotepa, Busulfan, Cytoxin, Taxol, Toxotere, Methotrexate, Cisplatin, Melphalan, Vinblastine, Bleomycin, Etoposide, Ifosfamide, Mitomycin C, Mitoxantrone, Vincreistine, Vinorelbine, Carboplatin, Teniposide, Daunomycin, Carrainomycin, Amimopterin, Dactinomycin, Mitomycins, Esperamicins (see U. S. Pat. No. 4,675,187), Melphalan and other related nitrogen mustards. Also included are agents that act to regulate or inhibit hormone action on tumors such as tamoxifen
  • Preparation and dosing schedules for such chemotherapy can be used according to manufacturers' instructions or as determined empirically by the skilled practitioner. Preparation and dosing schedules for such chemotherapy are also described in Chemotherapy Service Ed., M. C. Perry, Williams & Wins, Baltimore, Md. (1992).
  • the chemotherapeutic agent can precede, or follow administration with the antibody capable of inhibiting 101P3A11 function, or can be given simultaneously therewith.
  • the chemotherapy is preferably administered in a carrier, such as those described above.
  • the mode of administration of the chemotherapy can be the same as employed for an antibody capable of modulating, such as inhibiting or enhancing, 101P3A11 function, or it can be administered via a different mode.
  • Radiation therapy can be administered according to protocols commonly employed in the art and known to the skilled artisan. Such therapy can include cesium, iridium, iodine, or cobalt radiation.
  • the radiation therapy can be whole body irradiation, or can be directed locally to a specific site or tissue in or on the body.
  • radiation therapy is administered in pulses over a period of time from about 1 to about 2 weeks.
  • the radiation therapy can, however, be administered over longer periods of time.
  • the radiation therapy can be administered as a single dose or as multiple, sequential doses.
  • An antibody capable of inhibiting 101P3A11 function (and one or more other therapies) can be administered concurrently or sequentially.
  • treated cells in vitro can be analyzed.
  • a treated mammal can be monitored in various ways well known to the skilled practitioner. For instance, tumor mass can be observed physically, by biopsy or by standard x-ray imaging techniques.
  • compositions of the invention induce a therapeutic or prophylactic immune responses in very broad segments of the world- wide population.
  • immunology-related technology For an understanding of the value and efficacy of compositions of the invention that induce cellular immune responses, a brief review of immunology-related technology is provided.
  • a complex of an HLA molecule and a peptidic antigen acts as the ligand recognized by HLA-restricted T cells (Buus, S. et al, Cell 47:1071, 1986; Babbitt, B. P. et al, Nature 317:359, 1985; Townsend, A. and Bodmer, H., Annu. Rev. Immunol. 7:601, 1989; Germain, R. N., Annu. Rev. Immunol. 11 :403, 1993).
  • HLA-peptide complexes have revealed pockets within the peptide binding cleft/groove of HLA molecules which accommodate, in an allele-specific mode, residues bome by peptide ligands; these residues in turn determine the HLA binding capacity of the peptides in which they are present.
  • class I and class II allele-specific HLA binding motifs allows identification of regions within a protein that are correlated with binding to particular HLA antigen(s).
  • candidates for epitope-based vaccines have been identified; such candidates can be further evaluated by HLA-peptide binding assays to determine binding affinity and/or the time period of association of the epitope and its corresponding HLA molecule. Additional confirmatory work can be performed to select, amongst these vaccine candidates, epitopes with preferred characteristics in terms of population coverage, and/or immunogenicity.
  • HLA transgenic mice see, e.g., Wentworth, P. A. et al, J. Immunol 26:97, 1996; Wentworth, P. A. et al, Int. Immunol. 8:651, 1996; Alexander, J. et al, J. Immunol. 159:4753, 1997).
  • peptides in incomplete Freund's adjuvant are administered subcutaneously to HLA transgenic mice.
  • splenocytes are removed and cultured in vitro in the presence of test peptide for approximately one week.
  • Peptide-specific T cells are detected using, e.g., a ' 'Cr- relcase assay involving peptide sensitized target cells and target cells expressing endogenously generated antigen.
  • recall responses are detected by culturing PBL from subjects that have been exposed to the antigen due to disease and thus have generated an immune response "naturally", or from patients who were vaccinated against the antigen.
  • PBL from subjects are cultured in vitro for 1-2 weeks in the presence of test peptide plus antigen presenting cells (APC) to allow activation of "memory" T cells, as compared to "naive” T cells.
  • APC antigen presenting cells
  • T cell activity is detected using assays including - ⁇ Cr release involving peptide-sensitized targets, T cell proliferation, or lymphokine release.
  • Nucleic acids that encode a 101P3A11-related protein can also be used to generate either transgenic animals or "knock out" animals that, in turn, are useful in the development and screening of therapeutically useful reagents.
  • cDNA encoding 101P3A11 can be used to clone genomic DNA that encodes 101P3A11. The cloned genomic sequences can then be used to generate transgenic animals containing cells that express DNA that encode 101P3A11. Methods for generating transgenic animals, particularly animals such as mice or rats, have become conventional in the art and are described, for example, in U.S. Patent Nos. 4,736,866 issued 12 April 1988, and 4,870,009 issued 26 September 1989. Typically, particular cells would be targeted for 101P3A11 transgene incorporation with tissue-specific enhancers.
  • Transgenic animals that include a copy of a transgene encoding 101P3A11 can be used to examine the effect of increased expression of DNA that encodes 101P3A1 1. Such animals can be used as tester animals for reagents thought to confer protection from, for example, pathological conditions associated with its overexpression. In accordance with this aspect of the invention, an animal is treated with a reagent and a reduced incidence of a pathological condition, compared to untreated animals that bear the transgene, would indicate a potential therapeutic intervention for the pathological condition.
  • non-human homologues of 101P3A1 1 can be used to construct a 101P3A11 "knock out" animal that has a defective or altered gene encoding 101P3A1 1 as a result of homologous recombination between the endogenous gene encoding 101P3A11 and altered genomic DNA encoding 101P3A11 introduced into an embryonic cell of the animal.
  • cDNA that encodes 101P3A11 can be used to clone genomic DNA encoding 101P3A11 in accordance with established techniques. A portion of the genomic DNA encoding 101P3A11 can be deleted or replaced with another gene, such as a gene encoding a selectable marker that can be used to monitor integration.
  • flanking DNA typically, several kilobases of unaltered flanking DNA (both at the 5' and 3' ends) are included in the vector (see, e.g., Thomas and Capecchi, Cell. 5_:503 (1987) for a description of homologous recombination vectors).
  • the vector is introduced into an embryonic stem cell line (e.g., by electroporation) and cells in which the introduced DNA has homologously recombined with the endogenous DNA are selected (see, e.g., Li et al, Cell. 69:915 (1992)).
  • the selected cells are then injected into a blastocyst of an animal (e.g., a mouse or rat) to form aggregation chimeras (see, e.g., Bradley, in Teratocarcinomas and Embryonic Stem Cells: A Practical Approach, E. J. Robertson, ed. (IRL, Oxford, 1987), pp. 1 13-152).
  • a chimeric embryo can then be implanted into a suitable pseudopregnant female foster animal, and the embryo brought to term to create a "knock out" animal.
  • Progeny harboring the homologously recombined DNA in their germ cells can be identified by standard techniques and used to breed animals in which all cells of the animal contain the homologously recombined DNA. Knock out animals can be characterized, for example, for their ability to defend against certain pathological conditions or for their development of pathological conditions due to absence of a 101P3A1 1 polypeptide.
  • Another aspect of the present invention relates to methods for detecting 101P3A11 polynucleotides and 101P3A11-related proteins, as well as methods for identifying a cell that expresses 101P3A11.
  • the expression profile of 101P3A11 makes it a diagnostic marker for metastasized disease. Accordingly, the status of 101P3A11 gene products provides information useful for predicting a variety of factors including susceptibility to advanced stage disease, rate of progression, and/or tumor aggressiveness.
  • the status of 101P3A11 gene products in patient samples can be analyzed by a variety protocols that are well known in the art including immunohistochemical analysis, the variety of Northern blotting techniques including in situ hybridization, RT-PCR analysis (for example on laser capture micro-dissected samples), Western blot analysis and tissue array analysis.
  • the invention provides assays for the detection of 101P3A11 polynucleotides in a biological sample, such as serum, bone, prostate, and other tissues, urine, semen, cell preparations, and the like.
  • Detectable 101P3A11 polynucleotides include, for example, a 101P3A11 gene or fragment thereof, 101P3A11 mRNA, alternative splice variant 101P3A11 mRNAs, and recombinant DNA or RNA molecules that contain a 101P3A11 polynucleotide.
  • a number of methods for amplifying and/or detecting the presence of 101P3A11 polynucleotides are well known in the art and can be employed in the practice of this aspect of die invention.
  • a method for detecting a 101P3A11 mRNA in a biological sample comprises producing cDNA from the sample by reverse transcription using at least one primer; amplifying the cDNA so produced using a 101P3A11 polynucleotides as sense and antisense primers to amplify 101P3A11 cDNAs therein; and detecting the presence of the amplified 101P3A11 cDNA.
  • the sequence of the amplified 101P3A11 cDNA can be determined.
  • a method of detecting a 101P3A11 gene in a biological sample comprises first isolating genomic DNA from the sample; amplifying the isolated genomic DNA using 101P3A11 polynucleotides as sense and antisense primers; and detecting the presence of the amplified 101P3A11 gene.
  • Any number of appropriate sense and antisense probe combinations can be designed from a 101P3A11 nucleotide sequence (see, e.g., Figure 2) and used for this purpose.
  • the invention also provides assays for detecting the presence of a 101P3A11 protein in a tissue or other biological sample such as serum, semen, bone, prostate, urine, cell preparations, and the like.
  • Methods for detecting a 101P3A11-related protein are also well known and include, for example, immunoprecipitation, immunohistochemical analysis, Western blot analysis, molecular binding assays, ELISA, ELIFA and the like.
  • a method of detecting the presence of a 101P3A11-related protein in a biological sample comprises first contacting the sample with a 101P3A11 antibody, a 101P3A1 1 -reactive fragment thereof, or a recombinant protein containing an antigen binding region of a 101P3A11 antibody; and then detecting the binding of 101P3A11-related protein in the sample.
  • an assay for identifying a cell that expresses a 101P3A11 gene comprises detecting the presence of 101P3A11 mRNA in the cell.
  • Methods for the detection of particular mRNAs in cells include, for example, hybridization assays using complementary DNA probes (such as in situ hybridization using labeled 101P3A11 riboprobes, Northern blot and related techniques) and various nucleic acid amplification assays (such as RT-PCR using complementary primers specific for 101P3A11, and other amplification type detection methods, such as, for example, branched DNA, SISBA, TMA and the like).
  • an assay for identifying a cell that expresses a 101P3A11 gene comprises detecting the presence of 101P3A11-related protein in the cell or secreted by the cell.
  • Various methods for the detection of proteins are well known in the art and are employed for the detection of 101P3A11-related proteins and cells that express 101P3A11-related proteins.
  • 101P3A11 expression analysis is also useful as a tool for identifying and evaluating agents that modulate 101P3A11 gene expression.
  • 101P3A11 expression is significantly upregulated in prostate cancer, and is expressed in cancers of the tissues listed in Table I.
  • Identification of a molecule or biological agent that inhibits 101P3A11 expression or over-expression in cancer cells is of therapeutic value.
  • such an agent can be identified by using a screen that quantifies 101P3A11 expression by RT-PCR, nucleic acid hybridization or antibody binding.
  • Oncogenesis is known to be a multistep process where cellular growth becomes progressively dysregulated and cells progress from a normal physiological state to precancerous and then cancerous states (see, e.g., Alers et al, Lab Invest. 77(5): 437-438 (1997) and Isaacs et al, Cancer Surv. 23: 19-32 (1995)).
  • examining a biological sample for evidence of dysregulated cell growth allows for early detection of such aberrant physiology, before a pathologic state such as cancer has progressed to a stage that therapeutic options are more limited and or the prognosis is worse.
  • the status of 101P3A11 in a biological sample of interest can be compared, for example, to the status of 101P3A11 in a corresponding normal sample (e.g. a sample from that individual or alternatively another individual that is not affected by a pathology).
  • a corresponding normal sample e.g. a sample from that individual or alternatively another individual that is not affected by a pathology.
  • An alteration in the status of 101P3A11 in the biological sample provides evidence of dysregulated cellular growth.
  • a predetermined normative value such as a predetermined normal level of mRNA expression (see, e.g., Grever et al, J. Comp. Neurol. 1996 Dec 9; 376(2): 306-14 and U.S. Patent No. 5,837,501) to compare 101P3A11 status in a sample.
  • status in this context is used according to its art accepted meaning and refers to the condition or state of a gene and its products.
  • skilled artisans use a number of parameters to evaluate the condition or state of a gene and its products. These include, but are not limited to the location of expressed gene products (including the location of 101P3A11 expressing cells) as well as the level, and biological activity of expressed gene products (such as 101P3A11 mRNA, polynucleotides and polypeptides).
  • an alteration in the status of 101P3A11 comprises a change in the location of 101P3A1 1 and/or 101P3A11 expressing cells and/or an increase in 101P3A11 mRNA and or protein expression.
  • 101P3A11 status in a sample can be analyzed by a number of means well known in d e art, including without limitation, immunohistochemical analysis, in situ hybridization, RT-PCR analysis on laser capture micro-dissected samples, Western blot analysis, and tissue array analysis.
  • Typical protocols for evaluating the status of a 101P3A11 gene and gene products are found, for example in Ausubel et al. eds., 1995, Current Protocols In Molecular Biology, Units 2 (Northern Blotting), 4 (Southern Blotting), 15 (Immunoblotting) and 18 (PCR Analysis).
  • the status of 101P3A11 in a biological sample is evaluated by various methods utilized by skilled artisans including, but not limited to genomic Southern analysis (to examine, for example perturbations in a 101P3A11 gene), Northern analysis and/or PCR analysis of 101P3A11 mRNA (to examine, for example alterations in the polynucleotide sequences or expression levels of 101P3A11 mRNAs), and, Western and/or immunohistochemical analysis (to examine, for example alterations in polypeptide sequences, alterations in polypeptide localization within a sample, alterations in expression levels of 101P3A11 proteins and/or associations of 101P3A11 proteins with polypeptide binding partners).
  • genomic Southern analysis to examine, for example perturbations in a 101P3A11 gene
  • Northern analysis and/or PCR analysis of 101P3A11 mRNA to examine, for example alterations in the polynucleotide sequences or expression levels of 101P3A11 mRNAs
  • Western and/or immunohistochemical analysis to examine, for
  • Detectable 101P3A11 polynucleotides include, for example, a 101P3A11 gene or fragment thereof, 101P3A11 mRNA, alternative splice variants, 101P3A11 mRNAs, and recombinant DNA or RNA molecules containing a 101P3A11 polynucleotide.
  • the expression profile of 101P3A11 makes it a diagnostic marker for local and/or metastasized disease, and provides information on the growth or oncogenic potential of a biological sample.
  • the status of 101P3A11 provides information useful for predicting susceptibility to particular disease stages, progression, and/or tumor aggressiveness.
  • the invention provides methods and assays for determining 101P3A11 status and diagnosing cancers that express 101P3A11, such as cancers of the tissues listed in Table I.
  • assays that evaluate the levels of 101P3A11 mRNA transcripts or proteins in a biological sample can be used to diagnose a disease associated with 101P3A11 dysregulation, and can provide prognostic information useful in defining appropriate therapeutic options.
  • the expression status of 101P3A11 provides information including the presence, stage and location of dysplastic, precancerous and cancerous cells, predicting susceptibility to various stages of disease, and/or for gauging tumor aggressiveness. Moreover, the expression profile makes it useful as an imaging reagent for metastasized disease. Consequently, an aspect of the invention is directed to the various molecular prognostic and diagnostic methods for examining the status of 101P3A11 in biological samples such as those from individuals suffering from, or suspected of suffering from a pathology characterized by dysregulated cellular growth, such as cancer.
  • the status of 101P3A11 in a biological sample can be examined by a number of well- known procedures in the art.
  • the status of 101P3A11 in a biological sample taken from a specific location in the body can be examined by evaluating the sample for the presence or absence of 101P3A11 expressing cells (e.g. those that express 101P3A11 mRNAs or proteins).
  • This examination can provide evidence of dysregulated cellular growth, for example, when 101P3A11-expressing cells are found in a biological sample that does not normally contain such cells (such as a lymph node), because such alterations in the status of 101P3A11 in a biological sample are often associated with dysregulated cellular growth.
  • one indicator of dysregulated cellular growth is the metastases of cancer cells from an organ of origin (such as the prostate) to a different area of the body (such as a lymph node).
  • evidence of dysregulated cellular growth is important for example because occult lymph node metastases can be detected in a substantial proportion of patients with prostate cancer, and such metastases are associated with known predictors of disease progression (see, e.g., Murphy et al, Prostate 42(4): 315-317 (2000);Su et al, Semin. Surg. Oncol. 18(1): 17-28 (2000) and Freeman et al, J Urol 1995 Aug 154(2 Pt l):474-8).
  • the invention provides methods for monitoring 101P3A1 1 gene products by determining the status of 101P3A11 gene products expressed by cells from an individual suspected of having a disease associated with dysregulated cell growth (such as hyperplasia or cancer) and then comparing the status so determined to the status of 101P3A11 gene products in a corresponding normal sample.
  • the presence of aberrant 101P3A11 gene products in the test sample relative to the normal sample provides an indication of the presence of dysregulated cell growth within the cells of the individual.
  • the invention provides assays useful in determining the presence of cancer in an individual, comprising detecting a significant increase in 101P3A11 mRNA or protein expression in a test cell or tissue sample relative to expression levels in the corresponding normal cell or tissue.
  • the presence of 101P3A11 mRNA can, for example, be evaluated in tissues including but not limited to those listed in Table I.
  • the presence of significant 101P3A11 expression in any of these tissues is useful to indicate the emergence, presence and/or severity of a cancer, since the corresponding normal tissues do not express 101P3A11 mRNA or express it at lower levels.
  • 101P3A11 status is determined at the protein level rather than at the nucleic acid level.
  • a method comprises determining the level of 101P3A11 protein expressed by cells in a test tissue sample and comparing the level so determined to the level of 101P3A11 expressed in a corresponding normal sample.
  • the presence of 101P3A11 protein is evaluated, for example, using immunohistochemical methods.
  • 101P3A11 antibodies or binding partners capable of detecting 101P3A11 protein expression are used in a variety of assay formats well known in the art for this purpose.
  • These perturbations can include insertions, deletions, substitutions and the like.
  • Such evaluations are useful because perturbations in the nucleotide and amino acid sequences are observed in a large number of proteins associated with a growth dysregulated phenotype (see, e.g., Marrogi et al, 1999, J. Cutan. Pathol. 26(8):369-378).
  • a mutation in the sequence of 101P3A11 may be indicative of the presence or promotion of a tumor.
  • Such assays therefore have diagnostic and predictive value where a mutation in 101P3A11 indicates a potential loss of function or increase in tumor growth.
  • a wide variety of assays for observing perturbations in nucleotide and amino acid sequences are well known in the art. For example, the size and structure of nucleic acid or amino acid sequences of 101P3A11 gene products are observed by the Northern, Southern, Western, PCR and DNA sequencing protocols discussed herein.
  • other methods for observing perturbations in nucleotide and amino acid sequences such as single strand conformation polymorphism analysis are well known in the art (see, e.g., U.S. Patent Nos. 5,382,510 issued 7 September 1999, and 5,952,170 issued 17 January 1995).
  • methylation status of a 101P3A11 gene in a biological sample. Aberrant demethylation and/or hypermethylation of CpG islands in gene 5' regulatory regions frequently occurs in immortalized and transformed cells, and can result in altered expression of various genes. For example, promoter hypermethylation of the pi-class glutathione S-transferase (a protein expressed in normal prostate but not expressed in >90% of prostate carcinomas) appears to permanently silence transcription of this gene and is the most frequently detected genomic alteration in prostate carcinomas (De Marzo et al, Am. J. Pathol. 155(6): 1985- 1992 (1999)).
  • methylation-sensitive restriction enzymes that cannot cleave sequences that contain methylated CpG sites to assess the methylation status of CpG islands.
  • MSP methylation specific PCR
  • MSP methylation specific PCR
  • This procedure involves initial modification of DNA by sodium bisulfite (which will convert all unmethylated cytosines to uracil) followed by amplification using primers specific for methylated versus unmethylated DNA. Protocols involving methylation interference can also be found for example in Current Protocols In Molecular Biology, Unit 12, Frederick M. Ausubel et al. eds., 1995.
  • Gene amplification is an additional method for assessing the status of 101P3A11.
  • Gene amplification is measured in a sample directly, for example, by conventional Southern blotting or Northern blotting to quantitate the transcription of mRNA (Thomas, 1980, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA, 77:5201-5205), dot blotting (DNA analysis), or in situ hybridization, using an appropriately labeled probe, based on the sequences provided herein.
  • antibodies are employed that recognize specific duplexes, including DNA duplexes, RNA duplexes, and DNA-RNA hybrid duplexes or DNA-protein duplexes.
  • the antibodies in mm are labeled and the assay carried out where the duplex is bound to a surface, so that upon the formation of duplex on the surface, the presence of antibody bound to the duplex can be detected.
  • Biopsied tissue or peripheral blood can be conveniently assayed for the presence of cancer cells using for example, Northern, dot blot or RT-PCR analysis to detect 101P3A11 expression.
  • the presence of RT-PCR amplifiable 101P3A11 mRNA provides an indication of the presence of cancer.
  • RT-PCR assays are well known in the art.
  • RT-PCR detection assays for tumor cells in peripheral blood are currently being evaluated for use in the diagnosis and management of a number of human solid tumors. In the prostate cancer field, these include RT-PCR assays for the detection of cells expressing PSA and PSM (Verkaik et al, 1997, Urol. Res. 25:373-384; Ghossein et al, 1995, J. Clin. Oncol. 13:1195-2000; Heston et al, 1995, Clin. Chem 41 :1687-1688).
  • a further aspect of the invention is an assessment of the susceptibility that an individual has for developing cancer.
  • a method for predicting susceptibility to cancer comprises detecting 101P3A11 mRNA or 101P3A11 protein in a tissue sample, its presence indicating susceptibility to cancer, wherein the degree of 101P3A11 mRNA expression correlates to the degree of susceptibility.
  • the presence of 101P3A11 in prostate or other tissue is examined, with the presence of 101P3A11 in the sample providing an indication of prostate cancer susceptibility (or the emergence or existence of a prostate tumor).
  • the presence of one or more perturbations in 101P3A11 gene products in the sample is an indication of cancer susceptibility (or the emergence or existence of a tumor).
  • a method for gauging aggressiveness of a tumor comprises determining the level of 101P3A11 mRNA or 101P3A11 protein expressed by tumor cells, comparing the level so determined to the level of 101P3A11 mRNA or 101P3A11 protein expressed in a corresponding normal tissue taken from the same individual or a normal tissue reference sample, wherein the degree of 101P3A11 mRNA or 101P3A11 protein expression in the tumor sample relative to the normal sample indicates the degree of aggressiveness.
  • aggressiveness of a tumor is evaluated by determining the extent to which 101P3A11 is expressed in the tumor cells, with higher expression levels indicating more aggressive tumors.
  • Another embodiment is the evaluation of the integrity of 101P3A11 nucleotide and amino acid sequences in a biological sample, in order to identify perturbations in the structure of these molecules such as insertions, deletions, substitutions and the like. The presence of one or more perturbations indicates more aggressive tumors.
  • methods for observing the progression of a malignancy in an individual over time comprise determining the level of 101P3A11 mRNA or 101P3A11 protein expressed by cells in a sample of the tumor, comparing the level so determined to the level of 101P3A11 mRNA or 101P3A11 protein expressed in an equivalent tissue sample taken from the same individual at a different time, wherein the degree of 101P3A11 mRNA or 101P3A11 protein expression in the tumor sample over time provides information on the progression of the cancer.
  • the progression of a cancer is evaluated by deterrriining 101P3A11 expression in the tumor cells over time, where increased expression over time indicates a progression of the cancer.
  • Another embodiment of the invention is directed to methods for observing a coincidence between the expression of 101P3A11 gene and 101P3A11 gene products (or perturbations in 101P3A11 gene and 101P3A11 gene products) and a factor that is associated with malignancy, as a means for diagnosing and prognosticating the status of a tissue sample.
  • factors associated with malignancy can be utilized, such as the expression of genes associated with malignancy (e.g. PSA, PSCA and PSM expression for prostate cancer etc.) as well as gross cytological observations (see, e.g., Bocking et al, 1984, Anal.
  • methods for observing a coincidence between the expression of 101P3A11 gene and 101P3A11 gene products (or perturbations in 101P3A11 gene and 101P3A11 gene products) and another factor associated with malignancy entails detecting the overexpression of 101P3A1 1 mRNA or protein in a tissue sample, detecting the overexpression of PSA mRNA or protein in a tissue sample (or PSCA or PSM expression), and observing a coincidence of 101 P3 A 11 mRNA or protein and PSA mRNA or protein overexpression (or PSCA or PSM expression).
  • the expression of 101P3A 11 and PSA mRNA in prostate tissue is examined, where the coincidence of 101P3A11 and PSA mRNA overexpression in the sample indicates the existence of prostate cancer, prostate cancer susceptibility or the emergence or status of a prostate tumor.
  • Standard methods for the detection and quantification of 101P3A11 mRNA include in situ hybridization using labeled 101P3A11 riboprobes, Northern blot and related techniques using 101P3A11 polynucleotide probes, RT-PCR analysis using primers specific for 101P3A11, and other amplification type detection methods, such as, for example, branched DNA, SISBA, TMA and the like.
  • semi-quantitative RT-PCR is used to detect and quantify 101P3A11 mRNA expression.
  • primers capable of amplifying 101P3A11 can be used for this purpose, including but not limited to the various primer sets specifically described herein.
  • polyclonal or monoclonal antibodies specifically reactive with the wild-type 101P3A11 protein can be used in an immunohistochemical assay of biopsied tissue.
  • the 101P3A11 protein and nucleic acid sequences disclosed herein allow a skilled artisan to identify proteins, small molecules and other agents that interact with 101P3A11, as well as pathways activated by 101P3A11 via any one of a variety of art accepted protocols.
  • one can utilize one of the so-called interaction trap systems also referred to as the "two-hybrid assay".
  • molecules interact and reconstitute a transcription factor which directs expression of a reporter gene, whereupon the expression of the reporter gene is assayed.
  • Other systems identify protein-protein interactions in vivo through reconstitution of a eukaryotic transcriptional activator, see, e.g., U.S. Patent Nos.
  • peptide libraries can be screen peptide libraries to identify molecules that interact with 101P3A11 protein sequences.
  • peptides that bind to 101P3A11 are identified by screening libraries that encode a random or controlled collection of amino acids.
  • Peptides encoded by the libraries are expressed as fusion proteins of bacteriophage coat proteins, the bacteriophage particles are then screened against the 101P3A11 protein(s).
  • peptides having a wide variety of uses are thus identified without any prior information on the structure of the expected ligand or receptor molecule.
  • Typical peptide libraries and screening methods that can be used to identify molecules that interact with 101P3A11 protein sequences are disclosed for example in U.S. Patent Nos. 5,723,286 issued 3 March 1998 and 5,733,731 issued 31 March 1998.
  • cell lines that express 101P3A11 are used to identify protein-protein interactions mediated by 101P3A11. Such interactions can be examined using immunoprecipitation techniques (see, e.g., Hamilton .J., et al Biochem. Biophys. Res. Commun. 1999, 261 :646-51).
  • 101P3A11 protein can be immunoprecipitated from 101P3A11 -expressing cell lines using anti-101P3Al 1 antibodies.
  • antibodies against His-tag can be used in a cell line engineered to express fusions of 101P3A11 and a His-tag (vectors mentioned above).
  • the immunoprecipitated complex can be examined for protein association by procedures such as Western blotting, S-methionine labeling of proteins, protein microsequencing, silver staining and two-dimensional gel electrophoresis.
  • Small molecules and ligands that interact with 101P3A1 1 can be identified through related embodiments of such screening assays. For example, small molecules can be identified that interfere with protein function, including molecules that interfere with 101P3A1 l 's ability to mediate phosphorylation and de-phosphorylation, interaction with DNA or RNA molecules as an indication of regulation of cell cycles, second messenger signaling or tumorigenesis.
  • small molecules that modulate 101P3A11-related ion channel, protein pump, or cell communication functions are identified and used to treat patients that have a cancer that expresses 101P3A11 (see, e.g., Hille, B., Ionic Channels of Excitable Membranes 2 nd Ed., Sinauer Assoc, Sunderland, MA, 1992).
  • ligands that regulate 101P3A11 function can be identified based on their ability to bind 101P3A1 1 and activate a reporter construct. Typical methods are discussed for example in U.S. Patent No. 5,928,868 issued 27 July 1999, and include methods for forming hybrid ligands in which at least one ligand is a small molecule.
  • cells engineered to express a fusion protein of 101P3A1 1 and a DNA-binding protein are used to co-express a fusion protein of a hybrid ligand/small molecule and a cDNA library transcriptional activator protein.
  • the cells further contain a reporter gene, the expression of which is conditioned on the proximity of the first and second fusion proteins to each other, an event that occurs only if the hybrid ligand binds to target sites on both hybrid proteins.
  • Those cells that express the reporter gene are selected and the unknown small molecule or the unknown ligand is identified. This method provides a means of identifying modulators which activate or inhibit 101P3A11.
  • An embodiment of this invention comprises a method of screening for a molecule that interacts with a 101P3A11 amino acid sequence shown in Figure 2 or Figure 3, comprising the steps of contacting a population of molecules with a 101P3A11 amino acid sequence, allowing the population of molecules and the 101P3A11 amino acid sequence to interact under conditions that facilitate an interaction, determining the presence of a molecule that interacts with the 101P3A11 amino acid sequence, and then separating molecules that do not interact with the 101P3A11 amino acid sequence from molecules that do.
  • the method further comprises purifying, characterizing and identifying a molecule that interacts with the 101P3A11 amino acid sequence.
  • the identified molecule can be used to modulate a function performed by 101P3A11.
  • the 101P3A11 amino acid sequence is contacted with a library of peptides.
  • 101P3A11 functions as a transcription factor involved in activating tumor-promoting genes or repressing genes that block tumorigenesis.
  • therapeutic approaches that inhibit the activity of a 101P3A11 protein are useful for patients suffering from a cancer that expresses 101P3A11.
  • These therapeutic approaches generally fall into two classes.
  • One class comprises various methods for inhibiting the binding or association of a 101P3A11 protein with its binding partner or with other proteins.
  • Another class comprises a variety of methods for inhibiting the transcription of a 101P3A11 gene or translation of 101P3A11 mRNA.
  • the invention provides cancer vaccines comprising a 101P3A11-related protein or 101P3A11-related nucleic acid.
  • cancer vaccines prevent and/or treat 101P3A11 -expressing cancers with minimal or no effects on non-target tissues.
  • the use of a tumor antigen in a vaccine that generates humoral and/or cell-mediated immune responses as anti-cancer therapy is well known in the art and has been employed in prostate cancer using human PSMA and rodent PAP immunogens (Hodge et al, 1995, Int. J. Cancer 63:231-237; Fong et al, 1997, J. Immunol. 159:3113-3117).
  • Such methods can be readily practiced by employing a 101P3A11-related protein, or a 101P3A11- encoding nucleic acid molecule and recombinant vectors capable of expressing and presenting the 101P3A11 immunogen (which typically comprises a number of antibody or T cell epitopes).
  • a 101P3A11-related protein or a 101P3A11-encoding nucleic acid molecule and recombinant vectors capable of expressing and presenting the 101P3A11 immunogen (which typically comprises a number of antibody or T cell epitopes).
  • Skilled artisans understand that a wide variety of vaccine systems for delivery of immunoreactive epitopes are known in the art (see, e.g., Heryln et al, Ann Med 1999 Feb 3 l(l):66-78; Maruyama et al, Cancer Immunol Immunother 2000 Jun 49(3):123-32) Briefly, such methods of generating an immune response (e.g.
  • a 101P3A11 immunogen contains a biological motif, see e.g., Tables V-XVIII and XXII TO IL, or a peptide of a size range from 101P3A11 indicated in Figure 5, Figure 6, Figure 7, Figure 8, and Figure 9.
  • Such vaccine compositions can include, for example, lipopeptides (e.g.Nitiello, A. et al, J. Clin. Invest. 95:341, 1995), peptide compositions encapsulated in poly(DL-lactide-co-glycolide) ("PLG”) microspheres (see, e.g., Eldridge, et al, Molec. Immunol.
  • lipopeptides e.g.Nitiello, A. et al, J. Clin. Invest. 95:341, 1995
  • PLG poly(DL-lactide-co-glycolide)
  • Toxin-targeted delivery technologies also known as receptor mediated targeting, such as those of Avant Immunotherapeutics, Inc. (Needham, Massachusetts) may also be used.
  • the vaccine compositions of the invention can also be used in conjunction with other treatments used for cancer, e.g., surgery, chemotherapy, drug therapies, radiation therapies, etc. including use in combination with immune adjuvants such as IL-2, IL-12, GM-CSF, and the like.
  • CTL epitopes can be determined using specific algorithms to identify peptides within 101P3A11 protein that bind corresponding HLA alleles (see e.g., Table IV; EpimerTM and EpimatrixTM, Brown University (URL www.brown.edu/Researcl /TB-HIV_Lab/epimatrix/epiiTiatrk.htrnl); and, BEVIAS, (URL bimas.dcrt.nih.gov/; SYFPEITHI at URL syfpeithi.bmi-heidelberg.com/).
  • a 101P3A11 immunogen contains one or more amino acid sequences identified using techniques well known in the art, such as the sequences shown in Tables V-XVIII and XXII TO IL or a peptide of 8, 9, 10 or 11 amino acids specified by an HLA Class I motif/supermotif (e.g., Table IV (A), Table IV (D), or Table IV (E)) and/or a peptide of at least 9 amino acids that comprises an HLA Class II motif supermotif (e.g., Table IV (B) or Table IV (C)).
  • HLA Class I motif/supermotif e.g., Table IV (A), Table IV (D), or Table IV (E)
  • HLA Class II motif supermotif e.g., Table IV (B) or Table IV (C)
  • the HLA Class I binding groove is essentially closed ended so that peptides of only a particular size range can fit into the groove and be bound, generally HLA Class I epitopes are 8, 9, 10, or 11 amino acids long.
  • the HLA Class II binding groove is essentially open ended; therefore a peptide of about 9 or more amino acids can be bound by an HLA Class II molecule. Due to the binding groove differences between HLA Class I and II, HLA Class I motifs are length specific, i.e., position two of a Class I motif is the second amino acid in an amino to carboxyl direction of the peptide.
  • HLA Class II epitopes are often 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, or 25 amino acids long, or longer than 25 amino acids.
  • Methods of generating an immune response in a mammal comprise exposing the mammal's immune system to an immunogenic epitope on a protein (e.g. a 101P3A11 protein) so that an immune response is generated.
  • a protein e.g. a 101P3A11 protein
  • a typical embodiment consists of a method for generating an immune response to 101P3A11 in a host, by contacting the host with a sufficient amount of at least one 101P3A11 B cell or cytotoxic T-cell epitope or analog thereof; and at least one periodic interval thereafter re- contacting the host with the 101P3A11 B cell or cytotoxic T-cell epitope or analog thereof.
  • a specific embodiment consists of a method of generating an immune response against a 101P3A11-related protein or a man-made multiepitopic peptide comprising: administering 101P3A11 immunogen (e.g.
  • a 101P3A11 protein or a peptide fragment thereof, a 101P3A1 1 fusion protein or analog etc. in a vaccine preparation to a human or another mammal.
  • vaccine preparations further contain a suitable adjuvant (see, e.g., U.S. Patent No. 6,146,635) or a universal helper epitope such as a PADRETM peptide (Epimmune Inc., San Diego, CA; see, e.g., Alexander et al, J. Immunol. 2000 164(3); 164(3): 1625-1633; Alexander et al, Immunity 1994 1(9): 751- 761 and Alexander et al, Immunol. Res. 1998 18(2): 79-92).
  • a suitable adjuvant see, e.g., U.S. Patent No. 6,146,635
  • a universal helper epitope such as a PADRETM peptide (Epimmune Inc., San Diego, CA; see,
  • An alternative method comprises generating an immune response in an individual against a 101P3A11 immunogen by: administering in vivo to muscle or skin of the individual's body a DNA molecule that comprises a DNA sequence that encodes a 101P3A11 immunogen, the DNA sequence operatively linked to regulatory sequences which control the expression of the DNA sequence; wherein the DNA molecule is taken up by cells, the DNA sequence is expressed in the cells and an immune response is generated against the immunogen (see, e.g., U.S. Patent No. 5,962,428).
  • a genetic vaccine facilitator such as anionic lipids; saponins; lectins; estrogenic compounds; hydroxylated lower alkyls; dimethyl sulfoxide; and urea is also administered.
  • an antiidiotypic antibody can be administered that mimics 101P3A1 1, in order to generate a response to the target antigen.
  • Vaccine compositions of the invention include nucleic acid-mediated modalities.
  • DNA or RNA that encode protein(s) of the invention can be administered to a patient.
  • Genetic immunization methods can be employed to generate prophylactic or therapeutic humoral and cellular immune responses directed against cancer cells expressing 101P3A11.
  • Constructs comprising DNA encoding a 101P3A11-related protein/immunogen and appropriate regulatory sequences can be injected directly into muscle or skin of an individual, such that the cells of the muscle or skin take-up the construct and express the encoded 101P3A11 protein/immunogen.
  • a vaccine comprises a 101P3A11-related protein.
  • 101P3A11-related protein immunogen results in the generation of prophylactic or therapeutic humoral and cellular immunity against cells that bear a 101P3A11 protein.
  • Various prophylactic and therapeutic genetic immunization techniques known in the art can be used (for review, see information and references published at Internet address www.genweb.com). Nucleic acid-based delivery is described, for instance, in Wolff et. al, Science 247:1465 (1990) as well as U.S. Patent Nos. 5,580,859; 5,589,466; 5,804,566; 5,739,118; 5,736,524; 5,679,647; WO 98/04720.
  • DNA-based delivery technologies include "naked DNA”, facilitated (bupivicaine, polymers, peptide-mediated) delivery, cationic lipid complexes, and particle-mediated (“gene gun”) or pressure-mediated delivery (see, e.g., U.S. Patent No. 5,922,687).
  • proteins of the invention can be expressed via viral or bacterial vectors.
  • viral gene delivery systems that can be used in the practice of the invention include, but are not limited to, vaccinia, fowlpox, canarypox, adenovirus, influenza, poliovirus, adeno-associated virus, lentivirus, and Sindbis virus (see, e.g., Restifo, 1996, Curr. Opin. Immunol. 8:658-663; Tsang et al. J. Natl. Cancer Inst. 87:982-990 (1995)).
  • Non-viral delivery systems can also be employed by introducing naked DNA encoding a 101P3A11-related protein into the patient (e.g., intramuscularly or intradermally) to induce an anti-tumor response.
  • Vaccinia virus is used, for example, as a vector to express nucleotide sequences that encode the peptides of the invention. Upon introduction into a host, the recombinant vaccinia virus expresses the protein immunogenic peptide, and thereby elicits a host immune response.
  • Vaccinia vectors and methods useful in immunization protocols are described in, e.g., U.S. Patent No. 4,722,848.
  • Another vector is BCG (Bacille Calmette Guerin). BCG vectors are described in Stover et al, Nature 351:456-460 (1991).
  • BCG vectors are described in Stover et al, Nature 351:456-460 (1991).
  • a wide variety of other vectors useful for therapeutic administration or immunization of the peptides of the invention e.g. adeno and adeno-associated virus vectors, retroviral vectors, Salmonella typhi vectors, detoxified anthrax to
  • gene delivery systems are used to deliver a 101P3A11-related nucleic acid molecule.
  • the full-length human 101P3A11 cDNA is employed.
  • 101P3A11 nucleic acid molecules encoding specific cytotoxic T lymphocyte (CTL) and/or antibody epitopes are employed.
  • APCs antigen presenting cells
  • DC dendritic cells
  • PSCs antigen presenting cells
  • DC dendritic cells
  • MHC class I and II molecules MHC class I and II molecules
  • B7 co-stimulator B7 co-stimulator
  • IL-12 IL-12
  • PSMA prostate-specific membrane antigen
  • dendritic cells can be used to present 101P3A11 peptides to T cells in the context of MHC class I or II molecules.
  • autologous dendritic cells are pulsed with 101P3A1 1 peptides capable of binding to MHC class I and/or class II molecules.
  • dendritic cells are pulsed with the complete 101P3A1 1 protein.
  • Yet another embodiment involves engineering the overexpression of a 101P3A1 1 gene in dendritic cells using various implementing vectors known in the art, such as adenovirus (Arthur et al, 1997, Cancer Gene Ther. 4:17-25), retrovirus (Henderson et al, 1996, Cancer Res.
  • Cells that express 101P3A1 1 can also be engineered to express immune modulators, such as GM-CSF, and used as immunizing agents.
  • immune modulators such as GM-CSF
  • 101P3A11 is an attractive target for antibody-based therapeutic strategies.
  • a number of antibody strategies are known in the art for targeting both extracellular and intracellular molecules (see, e.g., complement and ADCC mediated killing as well as the use of intrabodies).
  • 101P3A11 is expressed by cancer cells of various lineages relative to corresponding normal cells, systemic administration of 101P3A11 -immunoreactive compositions are prepared that exhibit excellent sensitivity without toxic, non-specific and/or non-target effects caused by binding of the immunoreactive composition to non-target organs and tissues.
  • Antibodies specifically reactive with domains of 101P3A11 are useful to treat 101P3A1 1-expressing cancers systemically, either as conjugates with a toxin or therapeutic agent, or as naked antibodies capable of inhibiting cell proliferation or function.
  • 101P3A11 antibodies can be introduced into a patient such that the antibody binds to 101P3A11 and modulates a function, such as an interaction with a binding partner, and consequently mediates destruction of the tumor cells and/or inhibits the growth of the tumor cells.
  • Mechanisms by which such antibodies exert a therapeutic effect can include complement-mediated cytolysis, antibody-dependent cellular cytotoxicity, modulation of the physiological function of 101P3A11, inhibition of ligand binding or signal transduction pathways, modulation of tumor cell differentiation, alteration of tumor angiogenesis factor profiles, and/or apoptosis.
  • antibodies can be used to specifically target and bind immunogenic molecules such as an immunogenic region of a 101P3A11 sequence shown in Figure 2 or Figure 3.
  • cytotoxic agents see, e.g., Slevers et al. Blood 93:11 3678-3684 (June 1, 1999)
  • the cytotoxic agent will exert its known biological effect (i.e. cytotoxicity) on those cells.
  • compositions and methods for using antibody-cytotoxic agent conjugates to kill cells are known in the art.
  • typical methods entail administering to an animal having a tumor a biologically effective amount of a conjugate comprising a selected cytotoxic and/or therapeutic agent linked to a targeting agent (e.g. an anti-101P3Al 1 antibody) that binds to a marker (e.g. 101P3A11) expressed, accessible to binding or localized on the cell surfaces.
  • a targeting agent e.g. an anti-101P3Al 1 antibody
  • a marker e.g. 101P3A11
  • a typical embodiment is a method of delivering a cytotoxic and/or therapeutic agent to a cell expressing 101P3A11, comprising conjugating the cytotoxic agent to an antibody that immunospecifically binds to a 101P3A11 epitope, and, exposing the cell to the antibody-agent conjugate.
  • Another illustrative embodiment is a method of treating an individual suspected of suffering from metastasized cancer, comprising a step of administering parenterally to said individual a pharmaceutical composition comprising a therapeutically effective amount of an antibody conjugated to a cytotoxic and/or therapeutic agent.
  • Cancer immunotherapy using anti-101P3Al 1 antibodies can be done in accordance with various approaches that have been successfully employed in the treatment of other types of cancer, including but not limited to colon cancer (Arlen et al, 1998, Crit. Rev. Immunol. 18: 133-138), multiple myeloma (Ozaki et al, 1997, Blood 90:3179-3186, Tsunenari et al, 1997, Blood 90:2437-2444), gastric cancer (Kasprzyk et al, 1992, Cancer Res. 52:2771-2776), B-cell lymphoma (Funakoshi et al, 1996, J. Immunother. Emphasis Tumor Immunol.
  • leukemia Zhong et al, 1996, Leuk. Res. 20:581-589
  • colorectal cancer Moun et al, 1994, Cancer Res. 54:6160-6166; Velders et al, 1995, Cancer Res. 55:4398-4403
  • breast cancer Shepard et al, 1991, J. Clin. Immunol. 11:117-127.
  • Some therapeutic approaches involve conjugation of naked antibody to a toxin or radioisotope, such as the conjugation of Y 91 or I 131 to anti-CD20 antibodies (e.g., ZevalinTM, IDEC Pharmaceuticals Corp.
  • antibodies and other therapeutic agents such as HerceptinTM (trastuzumab) with paclitaxel (Genentech, Inc.).
  • the antibodies can be conjugated to a therapeutic agent.
  • 101P3A11 antibodies can be administered in conjunction with radiation, chemotherapy or hormone ablation.
  • antibodies can be conjugated to a toxin such as calicheamicin (e.g., MylotargTM, Wyeth-Ayerst, Madison, NJ, a recombinant humanized IgG 4 kappa antibody conjugated to antitumor antibiotic calicheamicin) or a maytansinoid (e.g., taxane-based Tumor-Activated Prodrug, TAP, platform, ImmunoGen, Cambridge, MA, also see e.g., US Patent 5,416,064).
  • a toxin such as calicheamicin (e.g., MylotargTM, Wyeth-Ayerst, Madison, NJ, a recombinant humanized IgG 4 kappa antibody conjugated to antitumor antibiotic calicheamicin) or a maytansinoid (e.g., taxane-based Tumor-Activated Prodrug, TAP, platform, ImmunoGen, Cambridge, MA, also see e.g., US Patent
  • antibody therapy can be particularly appropriate in advanced or metastatic cancers.
  • Treatment with the antibody therapy of the invention is indicated for patients who have received one or more rounds of chemotherapy.
  • antibody therapy of the invention is combined with a chemotherapeutic or radiation regimen for patients who have not received chemotherapeutic treatment.
  • antibody therapy can enable the use of reduced dosages of concomitant chemotherapy, particularly for patients who do not tolerate the toxicity of the chemotherapeutic agent very well.
  • Fan et al. (Cancer Res. 53:4637-4642, 1993), Prewett et al. (International J. of Onco. 9:217-224, 1996), and Hancock et al. (Cancer Res. 51:4575-4580, 1991) describe the use of various antibodies together with chemotherapeutic agents.
  • antibody therapy can be particularly appropriate in advanced or metastatic cancers. Treatment with the antibody therapy of the invention is indicated for patients who have received one or more rounds of chemotherapy. Alternatively, antibody therapy of the invention is combined with a chemotherapeutic or radiation regimen for patients who have not received chemotherapeutic treatment. Additionally, antibody therapy can enable the use of reduced dosages of concomitant chemotherapy, particularly for patients who do not tolerate the toxicity of the chemotherapeutic agent very well.
  • Cancer patients can be evaluated for the presence and level of 101P3A11 expression, preferably using immunohistochemical assessments of tumor tissue, quantitative 101P3A11 imaging, or other techniques that reliably indicate the presence and degree of 101P3A11 expression. Immunohistochemical analysis of tumor biopsies or surgical specimens is preferred for this purpose. Methods for immunohistochemical analysis of tumor tissues are well known in the art. Anti-101P3A11 monoclonal antibodies that treat prostate and other cancers include those that initiate a potent immune response against the tumor or those that are directly cytotoxic.
  • anti-101P3Al 1 monoclonal antibodies can elicit tumor cell lysis by either complement-mediated or antibody-dependent cell cytotoxicity (ADCC) mechanisms, both of which require an intact Fc portion of the immunoglobulin molecule for interaction with effector cell Fc receptor sites on complement proteins.
  • ADCC antibody-dependent cell cytotoxicity
  • anti-101P3Al 1 mAbs that exert a direct biological effect on tumor growth are useful to treat cancers that express 101P3A11.
  • Mechanisms by which directly cytotoxic mAbs act include: inhibition of cell growth, modulation of cellular differentiation, modulation of tumor angiogenesis factor profiles, and the induction of apoptosis.
  • the mechanism(s) by which a particular anti-101P3Al 1 mAb exerts an anti-tumor effect is evaluated using any number of in vitro assays that evaluate cell death such as ADCC, ADMMC, complement-mediated cell lysis, and so forth, as is generally known in the art.
  • preferred monoclonal antibodies used in the therapeutic methods of the invention are those that are either fully human or humanized and that bind specifically to the target 101P3A11 antigen with high affinity but exhibit low or no antigenicity in the patient.
  • Therapeutic methods of the invention contemplate the administration of single anti-101P3Al 1 mAbs as well as combinations, or cocktails, of different mAbs.
  • Such mAb cocktails can have certain advantages inasmuch as they contain mAbs that target different epitopes, exploit different effector mechanisms or combine directly cytotoxic mAbs with mAbs that rely on immune effector functionality. Such mAbs in combination can exhibit synergistic therapeutic effects.
  • anti-101P3Al 1 mAbs can be administered concomitantly with other therapeutic modalities, including but not limited to various chemotherapeutic agents, androgen-blockers, immune modulators (e.g., IL-2, GM-CSF), surgery or radiation.
  • the anti-101P3Al 1 mAbs are administered in their "naked” or unconjugated form, or can have a therapeutic agcnt(s) conjugated to them.
  • Anti-101P3A11 antibody formulations are administered via any route capable of delivering the antibodies to a tumor cell.
  • Routes of administration include, but are not limited to, intravenous, intraperitoneal, intramuscular, intratumor, intradermal, and the like.
  • Treatment generally involves repeated administration of the anti-101P3Al 1 antibody preparation, via an acceptable route of administration such as intravenous injection (IV), typically at a dose in the range of about 0.1, .2, .3, .4, .5, .6, .7, .8, .9., 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 15, 20, or 25 mg/kg body weight.
  • IV intravenous injection
  • doses in the range of 10-1000 mg mAb per week are effective and well tolerated.
  • an initial loading dose of approximately 4 mg/kg patient body weight IV, followed by weekly doses of about 2 mg/kg IV of the anti-101P3Al 1 mAb preparation represents an acceptable dosing regimen.
  • the initial loading dose is administered as a 90 minute or longer infusion.
  • the periodic maintenance dose is administered as a 30 minute or longer infusion, provided the initial dose was well tolerated.
  • various factors can influence the ideal dose regimen in a particular case.
  • Such factors include, for example, the binding affinity and half life of the Ab or mAbs used, the degree of 101P3A11 expression in the patient, the extent of circulating shed 101P3A11 antigen, the desired steady-state antibody concentration level, frequency of treatment, and the influence of chemotherapeutic or other agents used in combination with the treatment method of the invention, as well as the health status of a particular patient.
  • patients should be evaluated for the levels of 101P3A1 1 in a given sample (e.g. the levels of circulating 101P3A11 antigen and/or 101P3A11 expressing cells) in order to assist in the determination of the most effective dosing regimen, etc.
  • levels of 101P3A1 1 in a given sample e.g. the levels of circulating 101P3A11 antigen and/or 101P3A11 expressing cells
  • Such evaluations are also used for monitoring purposes throughout therapy, and are useful to gauge therapeutic success in combination with the evaluation of other parameters (for example, urine cytology and/or ImmunoCyt levels in bladder cancer therapy, or by analogy, serum PSA levels in prostate cancer therapy).
  • Anti-idiotypic anti-101P3Al 1 antibodies can also be used in anti-cancer therapy as a vaccine for inducing an immune response to cells expressing a 101P3A11-related protein.
  • the generation of anti-idiotypic antibodies is well known in the art; this methodology can readily be adapted to generate anti- idiotypic anti-101P3Al 1 antibodies that mimic an epitope on a 101P3A11-related protein (see, for example, Wagner et al, 1997, Hybridoma 16: 33-40; Foon et al, 1995, J. Clin. Invest. 96:334-342; Herlyn et al, 1996, Cancer Immunol. Immunother. 43:65-76).
  • Such an anti-idiotypic antibody can be used in cancer vaccine strategies.
  • Vaccines and methods of preparing vaccines that contain an immunogenically effective amount of one or more HLA-binding peptides as described herein are further embodiments of the invention.
  • vaccines in accordance with the invention encompass compositions of one or more of the claimed peptides.
  • a peptide can be present in a vaccine individually.
  • the peptide can exist as a homopolymer comprising multiple copies of the same peptide, or as a heteropolymer of various peptides.
  • Polymers have the advantage of increased immunological reaction and, where different peptide epitopes are used to make up the polymer, the additional ability to induce antibodies and/or CTLs that react with different antigenic determinants of the pathogenic organism or tumor-related peptide targeted for an immune response.
  • the composition can be a naturally occurring region of an antigen or can be prepared, e.g., recombinantly or by chemical synthesis.
  • Carriers that can be used with vaccines of the invention are well known in the art, and include, e.g., thyroglobulin, albumins such as human serum albumin, tetanus toxoid, polyamino acids such as poly -lysine, poly L-glutamic acid, influenza, hepatitis B virus core protein, and the like.
  • the vaccines can contain a physiologically tolerable (i.e., acceptable) diluent such as water, or saline, preferably phosphate buffered saline.
  • the vaccines also typically include an adjuvant.
  • Adjuvants such as incomplete Freund's adjuvant, aluminum phosphate, aluminum hydroxide, or alum are examples of materials well known in the art. Additionally, as disclosed herein, CTL responses can be primed by conjugating peptides of the invention to lipids, such as tripalmitoyl-S-glycerylcysteinlyseryl- serine (P 3 CSS). Moreover, an adjuvant such as a synthetic cytosine- phosphorothiolated-guanine-containing (CpG) oligonucleotides has been found to increase CTL responses 10- to 100-fold, (see, e.g. Davila and Celis, J. Immunol. 165:539-547 (2000))
  • the immune system of the host Upon immunization with a peptide composition in accordance with the invention, via injection, aerosol, oral, transdermal, transmucosal, intrapleural, intrathecal, or other suitable routes, the immune system of the host responds to the vaccine by producing large amounts of CTLs and/or HTLs specific for the desired antigen. Consequently, the host becomes at least partially immune to later development of cells that express or overexpress 101P3A11 antigen, or derives at least some therapeutic benefit when the antigen was tumor-associated. In some embodiments, it may be desirable to combine the class I peptide components with components that induce or facilitate neutralizing antibody and or helper T cell responses directed to the target antigen.
  • a preferred embodiment of such a composition comprises class I and class II epitopes in accordance with the invention.
  • An alternative embodiment of such a composition comprises a class I and/or class II epitope in accordance with the invention, along with a cross reactive HTL epitope such as PADRETM (Epimmune, San Diego, CA) molecule (described e.g., in U.S. Patent Number 5,736,142).
  • PADRETM Epimmune, San Diego, CA
  • a vaccine of the invention can also include antigen-presenting cells (APC), such as dendritic cells (DC), as a vehicle to present peptides of the invention.
  • APC antigen-presenting cells
  • DC dendritic cells
  • Vaccine compositions can be created in vitro, following dendritic cell mobilization and harvesting, whereby loading of dendritic cells occurs in vitro.
  • dendritic cells are transfected, e.g., with a minigene in accordance with the invention, or are pulsed with peptides.
  • the dendritic cell can then be administered to a patient to elicit immune responses in vivo.
  • Vaccine compositions either DNA- or peptide-based, can also be administered in vivo in combination with dendritic cell mobilization whereby loading of dendritic cells occurs in vivo.
  • the following principles are utilized when selecting an array of epitopes for inclusion in a polyepitopic composition for use in a vaccine, or for selecting discrete epitopes to be included in a vaccine and/or to be encoded by nucleic acids such as a minigene. It is preferred that each of the following principles be balanced in order to make the selection.
  • the multiple epitopes to be incorporated in a given vaccine composition may be, but need not be, contiguous in sequence in the native antigen from which the epitopes are derived.
  • Epitopes are selected which, upon administration, mimic immune responses that have been observed to be correlated with tumor clearance.
  • this includes 3-4 epitopes that come from at least one tumor associated antigen (TAA).
  • TAA tumor associated antigen
  • HLA Class II a similar rationale is employed; again 3-4 epitopes are selected from at least one TAA (see, e.g., Rosenberg et al, Science 278: 1447-1450).
  • Epitopes from one TAA may be used in combination with epitopes from one or more additional TAAs to produce a vaccine that targets tumors with varying expression patterns of frequently-expressed TAAs.
  • Epitopes are selected that have the requisite binding affinity established to be correlated with immunogenicity: for HLA Class I an IC 50 of 500 nM or less, often 200 nM or less; and for Class II an IC 50 of 1000 nM or less.
  • Sufficient supermotif bearing-peptides, or a sufficient array of allele-specific motif-bearing peptides, are selected to give broad population coverage. For example, it is preferable to have at least 80% population coverage.
  • a Monte Carlo analysis a statistical evaluation known in the art, can be employed to assess the breadth, or redundancy of, population coverage.
  • nested epitopes are epitopes referred to as "nested epitopes.” Nested epitopes occur where at least two epitopes overlap in a given peptide sequence.
  • a nested peptide sequence can comprise B cell, HLA class I and/or HLA class II epitopes.
  • a general objective is to provide the greatest number of epitopes per sequence.
  • an aspect is to avoid providing a peptide that is any longer than the amino terminus of the amino terminal epitope and the carboxyl terminus of the carboxyl terminal epitope in the peptide.
  • a polyepitopic protein is created, or when creating a minigene, an objective is to generate the smallest peptide that encompasses the epitopes of interest. This principle is similar, if not the same as that employed when selecting a peptide comprising nested epitopes. However, with an artificial polyepitopic peptide, the size minimization objective is balanced against the need to integrate any spacer sequences between epitopes in the polyepitopic protein.
  • Spacer amino acid residues can, for example, be introduced to avoid junctional epitopes (an epitope recognized by the immune system, not present in the target antigen, and only created by the man-made juxtaposition of epitopes), or to facilitate cleavage between epitopes and thereby enhance epitope presentation.
  • Junctional epitopes are generally to be avoided because the recipient may generate an immune response to that non-native epitope. Of particular concern is a junctional epitope that is a "dominant epitope.” A dominant epitope may lead to such a zealous response that immune responses to other epitopes are diminished or suppressed.
  • potential peptide epitopes can also be selected on the basis of their conservancy.
  • a criterion for conservancy may define that the entire sequence of an HLA class I binding peptide or the entire 9-mer core of a class II binding peptide be conserved in a designated percentage of the sequences evaluated for a specific protein antigen.
  • Nucleic acids encoding the peptides of the invention are a particularly useful embodiment of the invention. Epitopes for inclusion in a minigene are preferably selected according to the guidelines set forth in the previous section.
  • a preferred means of administering nucleic acids encoding the peptides of the invention uses minigene constructs encoding a peptide comprising one or multiple epitopes of the invention.
  • a multi-epitope DNA plasmid encoding supermotif- and/or motif-bearing epitopes derived 101P3A11, the PADRE® universal helper T cell epitope or multiple HTL epitopes from 101P3A11, (see e.g., Tables V-XVIII and XXII to IL), and an endoplasmic reticulum-translocating signal sequence can be engineered.
  • a vaccine may also comprise epitopes that are derived from other TAAs.
  • the immunogenicity of a multi-epitopic minigene can be confirmed in transgenic mice to evaluate the magnimde of CTL induction responses against the epitopes tested. Further, the immunogenicity of DNA-encoded epitopes in vivo can be correlated with the in vitro responses of specific CTL lines against target cells transfected with the DNA plasmid. Thus, these experiments can show that the minigene serves to both: 1.) generate a CTL response and 2.) that the induced CTLs recognized cells expressing the encoded epitopes.
  • the amino acid sequences of the epitopes may be reverse translated.
  • a human codon usage table can be used to guide the codon choice for each amino acid.
  • These epitope-encoding DNA sequences may be directly adjoined, so that when translated, a continuous polypeptide sequence is created.
  • additional elements can be incorporated into the minigene design.
  • amino acid sequences that can be reverse translated and included in the minigene sequence include: HLA class I epitopes, HLA class II epitopes, antibody epitopes, a ubiquitination signal sequence, and/or an endoplasmic reticulum targeting signal.
  • HLA presentation of CTL and HTL epitopes may be improved by including synthetic (e.g. poly-alanine) or naturally-occurring flanking sequences adjacent to the CTL or HTL epitopes; these larger peptides comprising the epitope(s) are within the scope of the invention.
  • the minigene sequence may be converted to DNA by assembling oligonucleotides that encode the plus and minus strands of the minigene. Overlapping oligonucleotides (30-100 bases long) may be synthesized, phosphorylated, purified and annealed under appropriate conditions using well known techniques. The ends of the oligonucleotides can be joined, for example, using T4 DNA ligase. This synthetic minigene, encoding the epitope polypeptide, can then be cloned into a desired expression vector.
  • Standard regulatory sequences well known to those of skill in the art are preferably included in the vector to ensure expression in the target cells.
  • a promoter with a down-stream cloning site for minigene insertion a polyadenylation signal for efficient transcription termination; an E. coli origin of replication; and an E. coli selectable marker (e.g. ampicillin or kanamycin resistance).
  • Numerous promoters can be used for this purpose, e.g., the human cytomegalovims (hCMV) promoter. See, e.g., U.S. Patent Nos. 5,580,859 and 5,589,466 for other suitable promoter sequences.
  • introns are required for efficient gene expression, and one or more synthetic or naturally-occurring introns could be incorporated into the transcribed region of the minigene.
  • mRNA stabilization sequences and sequences for replication in mammalian cells may also be considered for increasing minigene expression.
  • the minigene is cloned into the polylinker region downstream of the promoter.
  • This plasmid is transformed into an appropriate E. coli strain, and DNA is prepared using standard techniques. The orientation and DNA sequence of the minigene, as well as all other elements included in the vector, are confirmed using restriction mapping and DNA sequence analysis. Bacterial cells harboring the correct plasmid can be stored as a master cell bank and a working cell bank.
  • immunostimulatory sequences appear to play a role in the immunogenicity of DNA vaccines. These sequences may be included in the vector, outside the minigene coding sequence, if desired to enhance immunogenicity.
  • a bi-cistronic expression vector which allows production of both the minigene- encoded epitopes and a second protein (included to enhance or decrease immunogenicity) can be used.
  • proteins or polypeptides that could beneficially enhance the immune response if co-expressed include cytokines (e.g., IL-2, IL-12, GM-CSF), cytokine-inducing molecules (e.g., LeIF), costimulatory molecules, or for HTL responses, pan-DR binding proteins (PADRETM, Epimmune, San Diego, CA).
  • Helper (HTL) epitopes can be joined to intracellular targeting signals and expressed separately from expressed CTL epitopes; this allows direction of the HTL epitopes to a cell compartment different than that of the CTL epitopes. If required, this could facilitate more efficient entry of HTL epitopes into the HLA class II pathway, thereby improving HTL induction.
  • immunosuppressive molecules e.g. TGF- ⁇
  • TGF- ⁇ immunosuppressive molecules
  • Therapeutic quantities of plasmid DNA can be produced for example, by fermentation in E. coli, followed by purification. Aliquots from the working cell bank are used to inoculate growth medium, and grown to saturation in shaker flasks or a bioreactor according to well-known techniques. Plasmid DNA can be purified using standard bioseparation technologies such as solid phase anion-exchange resins supplied by QIAGEN, Inc. (Valencia, California). If required, supercoiled DNA can be isolated from the open circular and linear forms using gel electrophoresis or other methods.
  • Purified plasmid DNA can be prepared for injection using a variety of formulations. The simplest of these is reconstitution of lyophilized DNA in sterile phosphate-buffer saline (PBS). This approach, known as "naked DNA,” is currently being used for intramuscular (IM) administration in clinical trials. To maximize the immunotherapeutic effects of minigene DNA vaccines, an alternative method for formulating purified plasmid DNA may be desirable. A variety of methods have been described, and new techniques may become available.
  • Cationic lipids, glycolipids, and fusogenic liposomes can also be used in the formulation (see, e.g., as described by WO 93/24640; Mannino & Gould-Fogerite, BioTechniques 6(7): 682 (1988); U.S. Pat No. 5,279,833; WO 91/06309; and Feigner, et al, Proc. Nat'l Acad. Sci. USA 84:7413 (1987).
  • peptides and compounds referred to collectively as protective, interactive, non-condensing compounds could also be complexed to purified plasmid DNA to influence variables such as stability, intramuscular dispersion, or trafficking to specific organs or cell types.
  • Target cell sensitization can be used as a functional assay for expression and HLA class I presentation of minigene-encoded CTL epitopes.
  • the plasmid DNA is introduced into a mammalian cell line that is suitable as a target for standard CTL chromium release assays.
  • the transfection method used will be dependent on the final formulation. Electroporation can be used for "naked" DNA, whereas cationic lipids allow direct in vitro transfection.
  • a plasmid expressing green fluorescent protein (GFP) can be co-transfected to allow enrichment of transfected cells using fluorescence activated cell sorting (FACS).
  • FACS fluorescence activated cell sorting
  • HTL epitopes are then chromium- 51 ( 5l Cr) labeled and used as target cells for epitope-specific CTL lines; cytolysis, detected by 5, Cr release, indicates both production of, and HLA presentation of, minigene-encoded CTL epitopes. Expression of HTL epitopes may be evaluated in an analogous manner using assays to assess HTL activity.
  • In vivo immunogenicity is a second approach for functional testing of minigene DNA formulations.
  • Transgenic mice expressing appropriate human HLA proteins are immunized with the DNA product.
  • the dose and route of administration are formulation dependent (e.g., IM for DNA in PBS, intraperitoneal (i.p.) for lipid- complexed DNA).
  • Twenty-one days after immunization splenocytes are harvested and restimulated for one week in the presence of peptides encoding each epitope being tested. Thereafter, for CTL effector cells, assays are conducted for cytolysis of peptide-loaded, 51 Cr-labeled target cells using standard techniques.
  • Lysis of target cells that were sensitized by HLA loaded with peptide epitopes, corresponding to minigene-encoded epitopes, demonstrates DNA vaccine function for in vivo induction of CTLs. Immunogenicity of HTL epitopes is confirmed in transgenic mice in an analogous manner.
  • nucleic acids can be administered using ballistic delivery as described, for instance, in U.S. Patent No. 5,204,253.
  • particles comprised solely of DNA are administered.
  • DNA can be adhered to particles, such as gold particles.
  • Minigenes can also be delivered using other bacterial or viral delivery systems well known in the art, e.g., an expression construct encoding epitopes of the invention can be incorporated into a viral vector such as vaccinia.
  • Vaccine compositions comprising CTL peptides of the invention can be modified, e.g., analoged, to provide desired attributes, such as improved serum half life, broadened population coverage or enhanced immunogenicity.
  • desired attributes such as improved serum half life, broadened population coverage or enhanced immunogenicity.
  • the ability of a peptide to induce CTL activity can be enhanced by linking the peptide to a sequence which contains at least one epitope that is capable of inducing a T helper cell response.
  • a CTL peptide can be directly linked to a T helper peptide, often CTL epitope/HTL epitope conjugates are linked by a spacer molecule.
  • the spacer is typically comprised of relatively small, neutral molecules, such as amino acids or amino acid mimetics, which are substantially uncharged under physiological conditions.
  • the spacers are typically selected from, e.g., Ala, Gly, or other neutral spacers of nonpolar amino acids or neutral polar amino acids. It will be understood that the optionally present spacer need not be comprised of the same residues and thus may be a hetero- or homo-oligomer. When present, the spacer will usually be at least one or two residues, more usually three to six residues and sometimes 10 or more residues.
  • the CTL peptide epitope can be linked to the T helper peptide epitope either directly or via a spacer either at the amino or carboxy terminus of the CTL peptide. The amino terminus of either the immunogenic peptide or the T helper peptide may be acylated.
  • the T helper peptide is one that is recognized by T helper cells present in a majority of a genetically diverse population. This can be accomplished by selecting peptides that bind to many, most, or all of the HLA class II molecules. Examples of such amino acid bind many HLA Class II molecules include sequences from antigens such as tetanus toxoid at positions 830-843 QYIKANSKFIGITE (SEQ ID NO: ), Plasmodium falciparum circumsporozoite (CS) protein at positions 378-398
  • GAVDSILGGVATYGAA SEQ ID NO: .
  • Other examples include peptides bearing a DR 1-4-7 supermotif, or either of the DR3 motifs.
  • An alternative of a pan-DR binding epitope comprises all "L” natural amino acids and can be provided in the form of nucleic acids that encode the epitope.
  • HTL peptide epitopes can also be modified to alter their biological properties. For example, they can be modified to include D-amino acids to increase their resistance to proteases and thus extend their serum half life, or they can be conjugated to other molecules such as lipids, proteins, carbohydrates, and the like to increase their biological activity.
  • a T helper peptide can be conjugated to one or more palmitic acid chains at either the amino or carboxyl termini.
  • compositions of the invention at least one component which primes B lymphocytes or T lymphocytes.
  • Lipids have been identified as agents capable of priming CTL in vivo.
  • palmitic acid residues can be attached to the ⁇ -and ⁇ - amino groups of a lysine residue and then linked, e.g., via one or more linking residues such as Gly, Gly-Gly-, Ser, Ser- Ser, or the like, to an immunogenic peptide.
  • the lipidated peptide can then be administered either directly in a micelle or particle, incorporated into a liposome, or emulsified in an adjuvant, e.g., incomplete Freund's adjuvant.
  • a particularly effective immunogenic composition comprises palmitic acid attached to ⁇ - and ⁇ - amino groups of Lys, which is attached via linkage, e.g., Ser-Ser, to the amino terminus of the immunogenic peptide.
  • E. coli lipoproteins such as tripalmitoyl-S- glycerylcysteinlyseryl- serine (P 3 CSS) can be used to prime vims specific CTL when covalently attached to an appropriate peptide (see, e.g., Deres, et al, Nature 342:561, 1989).
  • Peptides of the invention can be coupled to P 3 CSS, for example, and the lipopeptide administered to an individual to specifically prime an immune response to the target antigen.
  • two such compositions can be combined to more effectively elicit both humoral and cell- mediated responses.
  • Vaccine Compositions Comprising DC Pulsed with CTL and/or HTL Peptides
  • An embodiment of a vaccine composition in accordance with the invention comprises ex vivo administration of a cocktail of epitope-bearing peptides to PBMC, or isolated DC therefrom, from the patient's blood.
  • a pharmaceutical to facilitate harvesting of DC can be used, such as ProgenipoietinTM (Pharmacia- Monsanto, St. Louis, MO) or GM-CSF/IL-4. After pulsing the DC with peptides and prior to reinfusion into patients, the DC are washed to remove unbound peptides.
  • a vaccine comprises peptide- pulsed DCs which present the pulsed peptide epitopes complexed with HLA molecules on their surfaces.
  • the DC can be pulsed ex vivo with a cocktail of peptides, some of which stimulate CTL responses to 101P3A11.
  • a helper T cell (HTL) peptide such as a natural or artificial loosely restricted HLA Class II peptide, can be included to facilitate the CTL response.
  • HTL helper T cell
  • a vaccine in accordance with the invention is used to treat a cancer which expresses or overexpresses 101P3A11.
  • Antigenic 101P3A11-related peptides are used to elicit a CTL and/or HTL response ex vivo, as well.
  • the resulting CTL or HTL cells can be used to treat tumors in patients that do not respond to other conventional forms of therapy, or will not respond to a therapeutic vaccine peptide or nucleic acid in accordance with the invention.
  • Ex vivo CTL or HTL responses to a particular antigen are induced by incubating in tissue culture the patient's, or genetically compatible, CTL or HTL precursor cells together with a source of antigen-presenting cells (APC), such as dendritic cells, and the appropriate immunogenic peptide.
  • APC antigen-presenting cells
  • the cells After an appropriate incubation time (typically about 7-28 days), in which the precursor cells are activated and expanded into effector cells, the cells are infused back into the patient, where they will destroy (CTL) or facilitate destruction (HTL) of their specific target cell (e.g., a tumor cell).
  • CTL destroy
  • HTL facilitate destruction
  • Transfected dendritic cells may also be used as antigen presenting cells.
  • compositions of the invention are typically used to treat and/or prevent a cancer that expresses or overexpresses 101P3A11.
  • peptide and/or nucleic acid compositions are administered to a patient in an amount sufficient to elicit an effective B cell, CTL and/or HTL response to the antigen and to cure or at least partially arrest or slow symptoms and/or complications.
  • An amount adequate to accomplish this is defined as "therapeutically effective dose.” Amounts effective for this use will depend on, e.g., the particular composition administered, the manner of administration, the stage and severity of the disease being treated, the weight and general state of health of the patient, and the judgment of the prescribing physician.
  • the immunogenic peptides of the invention are generally administered to an individual already bearing a tumor that expresses 101P3A11.
  • the peptides or DNA encoding them can be administered individually or as fusions of one or more peptide sequences.
  • Patients can be treated with the immunogenic peptides separately or in conjunction with other treatments, such as surgery, as appropriate.
  • administration should generally begin at the first diagnosis of 101P3A11 -associated cancer. This is followed by boosting doses until at least symptoms are substantially abated and for a period thereafter.
  • the embodiment of the vaccine composition i.e., including, but not limited to embodiments such as peptide cocktails, polyepitopic polypeptides, minigenes, or TAA-specific CTLs or pulsed dendritic cells
  • delivered to the patient may vary according to the stage of the disease or the patient's health status. For example, in a patient with a tumor that expresses 101P3A11, a vaccine comprising 101P3A11 -specific CTL may be more efficacious in killing tumor cells in patient with advanced disease than alternative embodiments.
  • compositions which stimulate helper T cell responses can also be given in accordance with this embodiment of the invention.
  • the dosage for an initial therapeutic immunization generally occurs in a unit dosage range where the lower value is about 1, 5, 50, 500, or 1,000 ⁇ g and the higher value is about 10,000; 20,000; 30,000; or 50,000 ⁇ g.
  • Dosage values for a human typically range from about 500 ⁇ g to about 50,000 ⁇ g per 70 kilogram patient.
  • Boosting dosages of between about 1.0 ⁇ g to about 50,000 ⁇ g of peptide pursuant to a boosting regimen over weeks to months may be administered depending upon the patient's response and condition as determined by measuring the specific activity of CTL and HTL obtained from the patient's blood. Administration should continue until at least clinical symptoms or laboratory tests indicate that the neoplasia, has been eliminated or reduced and for a period thereafter.
  • the dosages, routes of administration, and dose schedules are adjusted in accordance with methodologies known in the art.
  • the peptides and compositions of the present invention are employed in serious disease states, that is, life-threatening or potentially life threatening situations.
  • life-threatening or potentially life threatening situations in certain embodiments, it is possible and may be felt desirable by the treating physician to administer substantial excesses of these peptide compositions relative to these stated dosage amounts.
  • the vaccine compositions of the invention can also be used purely as prophylactic agents.
  • the dosage for an initial prophylactic immunization generally occurs in a unit dosage range where the lower value is about 1, 5, 50, 500, or 1000 ⁇ g and the higher value is about 10,000; 20,000; 30,000; or 50,000 ⁇ g.
  • Dosage values for a human typically range from about 500 ⁇ g to about 50,000 ⁇ g per 70 kilogram patient. This is followed by boosting dosages of between about 1.0 ⁇ g to about 50,000 ⁇ g of peptide administered at defined intervals from about four weeks to six months after the initial administration of vaccine.
  • the immunogenicity of the vaccine can be assessed by measuring the specific activity of CTL and HTL obtained from a sample of the patient's blood.
  • compositions for therapeutic treatment are intended for parenteral, topical, oral, nasal, intrathecal, or local (e.g. as a cream or topical ointment) administration.
  • the pharmaceutical compositions are administered parentally, e.g., intravenously, subcutaneously, intradermally, or intramuscularly.
  • the invention provides compositions for parenteral administration which comprise a solution of the immunogenic peptides dissolved or suspended in an acceptable carrier, preferably an aqueous carrier.
  • an aqueous carriers may be used, e.g., water, buffered water, 0.8% saline, 0.3% glyeine, hyaluronic acid and the like.
  • compositions may be sterilized by conventional, well-known sterilization techniques, or may be sterile filtered.
  • the resulting aqueous solutions may be packaged for use as is, or lyophilized, the lyophilized preparation being combined with a sterile solution prior to administration.
  • compositions may contain pharmaceutically acceptable auxiliary substances as required to approximate physiological conditions, such as pH-adjusting and buffering agents, tonicity adjusting agents, wetting agents, preservatives, and the like, for example, sodium acetate, sodium lactate, sodium chloride, potassium chloride, calcium chloride, sorbitan monolaurate, triethanolamine oleate, etc.
  • auxiliary substances such as pH-adjusting and buffering agents, tonicity adjusting agents, wetting agents, preservatives, and the like, for example, sodium acetate, sodium lactate, sodium chloride, potassium chloride, calcium chloride, sorbitan monolaurate, triethanolamine oleate, etc.
  • concentration of peptides of the invention in the pharmaceutical formulations can vary widely, i.e., from less than about 0.1%, usually at or at least about 2% to as much as 20% to 50% or more by weight, and will be selected primarily by fluid volumes, viscosities, etc., in accordance with the particular mode of administration selected.
  • a human unit dose form of a composition is typically included in a pharmaceutical composition that comprises a human unit dose of an acceptable carrier, in one embodiment an aqueous carrier, and is administered in a volume/quantity that is known by those of skill in the art to be used for administration of such compositions to humans ⁇ see, e.g., Remington's Pharmaceutical Sciences, 17"' Edition, A. Gennaro, Editor, Mack Publishing Co., Easton, Pennsylvania, 1985).
  • a peptide dose for initial immunization can be from about 1 to about 50,000 ⁇ g, generally 100-5,000 ⁇ g, for a 70 kg patient.
  • an initial immunization may be performed using an expression vector in the form of naked nucleic acid administered IM (or SC or ID) in the amounts of 0.5-5 mg at multiple sites.
  • the nucleic acid (0.1 to 1000 ⁇ g) can also be administered using a gene gun.
  • a booster dose is then administered.
  • the booster can be recombinant fowlpox vims administered at a dose of 5-10 7 to 5xl0 9 pfu.
  • a treatment generally involves repeated administration of the anti-101P3Al 1 antibody preparation, via an acceptable route of administration such as intravenous injection (IV), typically at a dose in the range of about 0.1 to about 10 mg/kg body weight.
  • IV intravenous injection
  • doses in the range of 10-500 mg mAb per week are effective and well tolerated.
  • an initial loading dose of approximately 4 mg/kg patient body weight IV, followed by weekly doses of about 2 mg/kg IV of the anti- 101P3A11 mAb preparation represents an acceptable dosing regimen.
  • various factors can influence the ideal dose in a particular case.
  • Such factors include, for example, half life of a composition, the binding affinity of an Ab, the immunogenicity of a substance, the degree of 101P3A11 expression in the patient, the extent of circulating shed 101P3A11 antigen, the desired steady-state concentration level, frequency of treatment, and the influence of chemotherapeutic or other agents used in combination with the treatment method of the invention, as well as the health status of a particular patient.
  • Non-limiting preferred human unit doses are, for example, 500 ⁇ g - lmg, lmg - 50mg, 50mg - lOOmg, lOOmg - 200mg, 200mg - 300mg, 400mg - 500mg, 500mg - 600mg, 600mg - 700mg, 700mg - 800mg, 800mg - 900mg, 900mg - lg, or lmg - 700mg.
  • the dose is in a range of 2-5 mg/kg body weight, e.g., with follow on weekly doses of 1-3 mg/kg; 0.5mg, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, lOmg/kg body weight followed, e.g., in two, three or four weeks by weekly doses; 0.5 - lOmg/kg body weight, e.g., followed in two, three or four weeks by weekly doses; 225, 250, 275, 300, 325, 350, 375, 400mg m 2 of body area weekly; l-600mg m 2 of body area weekly; 225-400mg m 2 of body area weekly; these does can be followed by weekly doses for 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 19, 11, 12 or more weeks.
  • human unit dose forms of polynucleotides comprise a suitable dosage range or effective amount that provides any therapeutic effect.
  • a therapeutic effect depends on a number of factors, including the sequence of the polynucleotide, molecular weight of the polynucleotide and route of administration. Dosages are generally selected by the physician or other health care professional in accordance with a variety of parameters known in the art, such as severity of symptoms, history of the patient and the like.
  • a dosage range may be selected from, for example, an independently selected lower limit such as about 0.1, 0.25, 0.5, 1, 2, 5, 10, 20, 30, 40, 50, 60, 70, 80, 90, 100, 200, 300, 400 or 500 mg/kg up to an independently selected upper limit, greater than the lower limit, of about 60, 80, 100, 200, 300, 400, 500, 750, 1000, 1500, 2000, 3000, 4000, 5000, 6000, 7000, 8000, 9000 or 10,000 mg/kg.
  • an independently selected lower limit such as about 0.1, 0.25, 0.5, 1, 2, 5, 10, 20, 30, 40, 50, 60, 70, 80, 90, 100, 200, 300, 400 or 500 mg/kg up to an independently selected upper limit, greater than the lower limit, of about 60, 80, 100, 200, 300, 400, 500, 750, 1000, 1500, 2000, 3000, 4000, 5000, 6000, 7000, 8000, 9000 or 10,000 mg/kg.
  • a dose may be about any of the following: 0.1 to 100 mg/kg, 0.1 to 50 mg/kg, 0.1 to 25 mg/kg, 0.1 to 10 mg/kg, 1 to 500 mg/kg, 100 to 400 mg/kg, 200 to 300 mg/kg, 1 to 100 mg/kg, 100 to 200 mg/kg, 300 to 400 mg/kg, 400 to 500 mg/kg, 500 to 1000 mg/kg, 500 to 5000 mg/kg, or 500 to 10,000 mg/kg.
  • parenteral routes of administration may require higher doses of polynucleotide compared to more direct application to the nucleotide to diseased tissue, as do polynucleotides of increasing length.
  • human unit dose forms of T-cells comprise a suitable dosage range or effective amount that provides any therapeutic effect.
  • a therapeutic effect depends on a number of factors. Dosages are generally selected by the physician or other health care professional in accordance with a variety of parameters known in the art, such as severity of symptoms, history of the patient and the like.
  • a dose may be about 10 4 cells to about 10 ⁇ cells, about 10 6 cells to about 10 8 cells, about 10 8 to about 10" cells, or about 10 8 to about 5 x 10 10 cells.
  • a dose may also about 10 6 cells/m 2 to about 10 10 cells/m 2 , or about 10 6 cells/m 2 to about 10 8 cells/m 2 .
  • Proteins(s) of the invention, and/or nucleic acids encoding the protein(s), can also be administered via liposomes, which may also serve to: 1) target the proteins(s) to a particular tissue, such as lymphoid tissue; 2) to target selectively to diseases cells; or, 3) to increase the half-life of the peptide composition.
  • liposomes include emulsions, foams, micelles, insoluble monolayers, liquid crystals, phospholipid dispersions, lamellar layers and the like.
  • the peptide to be delivered is incorporated as part of a liposome, alone or in conjunction with a molecule which binds to a receptor prevalent among lymphoid cells, such as monoclonal antibodies which bind to the CD45 antigen, or with other therapeutic or immunogenic compositions.
  • liposomes either filled or decorated with a desired peptide of the invention can be directed to the site of lymphoid cells, where the liposomes then deliver the peptide compositions.
  • Liposomes for use in accordance with the invention are formed from standard vesicle-forming lipids, which generally include neutral and negatively charged phospholipids and a sterol, such as cholesterol.
  • lipids are generally guided by consideration of, e.g., liposome size, acid lability and stability of the liposomes in the blood stream.
  • a variety of methods are available for preparing liposomes, as described in, e.g., Szoka, et al, Ann. Rev. Biophys. Bioeng. 9:467 (1980), and U.S. Patent Nos. 4,235,871, 4,501,728, 4,837,028, and 5,019,369.
  • a ligand to be incorporated into the liposome can include, e.g., antibodies or fragments thereof specific for cell surface determinants of the desired immune system cells.
  • a liposome suspension containing a peptide may be administered intravenously, locally, topically, etc. in a dose which varies according to, inter alia, the manner of administration, the peptide being delivered, and the stage of the disease being treated.
  • conventional nontoxic solid carriers may be used which include, for example, pharmaceutical grades of mannitol, lactose, starch, magnesium stearate, sodium saccharin, talcum, cellulose, glucose, sucrose, magnesium carbonate, and the like.
  • a pharmaceutically acceptable nontoxic composition is formed by incorporating any of the normally employed excipicnts, such as those carriers previously listed, and generally 10-95% of active ingredient, that is, one or more peptides of the invention, and more preferably at a concentration of 25%-75%.
  • immunogenic peptides are preferably supplied in finely divided form along with a surfactant and propellant. Typical percentages of peptides are about 0.01%-20% by weight, preferably about 1%-10%.
  • the surfactant must, of course, be nontoxic, and preferably soluble in the propellant.
  • Representative of such agents are the esters or partial esters of fatty acids containing from about 6 to 22 carbon atoms, such as caproic, octanoic, lauric, palmitic, stearic, linoleic, linolenic, olesteric and oleic acids with an aliphatic polyhydric alcohol or its cyclic anhydride.
  • the surfactant may constitute about 0.1%-20% by weight of the composition, preferably about 0.25- 5%.
  • the balance of the composition is ordinarily propellant.
  • a carrier can also be included, as desired, as with, e.g., lecithin for intranasal delivery.
  • 101P3A11 polynucleotides, polypeptides, reactive cytotoxic T cells (CTL), reactive helper T cells (HTL) and anti-polypeptide antibodies are used in well known diagnostic, prognostic and therapeutic assays that examine conditions associated with dysregulated cell growth such as cancer, in particular the cancers listed in Table I (see, e.g., both its specific pattern of tissue expression as well as its overexpression in certain cancers as described for example in the Example entitled "Expression analysis of 101P3A11 in normal tissues, and patient specimens").
  • 101P3A11 can be analogized to a prostate associated antigen PSA, the archetypal marker that has been used by medical practitioners for years to identify and monitor the presence of prostate cancer (see, e.g., Merrill et al, J. Urol. 163(2): 503-5120 (2000); Polascik et al, J. Urol. Aug; 162(2):293-306 (1999) and Fortier et al, J. Nat. Cancer Inst. 91(19): 1635-1640(1999)).
  • PSA prostate associated antigen PSA
  • Typical embodiments of diagnostic methods which utilize the 101P3A11 polynucleotides, polypeptides, reactive T cells and antibodies are analogous to those methods from well-established diagnostic assays which employ, e.g., PSA polynucleotides, polypeptides, reactive T cells and antibodies.
  • PSA polynucleotides are used as probes (for example inNorthem analysis, see, e.g., Sharief et al, Biochem. Mol. Biol. Int. 33(3):567-74(1994)) and primers (for example in PCR analysis, see, e.g., Okegawa et al, J. Urol.
  • the 101P3A11 polynucleotides described herein can be utilized in the same way to detect 101P3A11 overexpression or the metastasis of prostate and other cancers expressing this gene.
  • PSA polypeptides are used to generate antibodies specific for PSA which can then be used to observe the presence and/or the level of PSA proteins in methods to monitor PSA protein overexpression (see, e.g., Stephan et al, Urology 55(4):560-3 (2000)) or the metastasis of prostate cells (see, e.g., Alanen et al, Pathol. Res. Pract. 192(3):233-7 (1996)), the 101P3A11 polypeptides described herein can be utilized to generate antibodies for use in detecting 101P3A1 1 overexpression or the metastasis of prostate cells and cells of other cancers expressing this gene.
  • metastases involves the movement of cancer cells from an organ of origin (such as the lung or prostate gland etc.) to a different area of the body (such as a lymph node)
  • assays which examine a biological sample for the presence of cells expressing 101P3A11 polynucleotides and/or polypeptides can be used to provide evidence of metastasis.
  • a biological sample from tissue that does not normally contain 101P3A11 -expressing cells lymph node
  • lymph node xenografts isolated from lymph node and bone metastasis, respectively, this finding is indicative of metastasis.
  • 101P3A11 polynucleotides and/or polypeptides can be used to provide evidence of cancer, for example, when cells in a biological sample that do not normally express 101P3A11 or express 101P3A11 at a different level are found to express 101P3A11 or have an increased expression of 101P3A11 (see, e.g., the 101P3A11 expression in the cancers listed in Table I and in patient samples etc. shown in the accompanying Figures).
  • artisans may further wish to generate supplementary evidence of metastasis by testing the biological sample for the presence of a second tissue restricted marker (in addition to 101P3A11) such as PSA, PSCA etc. (see, e.g., Alanen et al, Pathol. Res. Pract. 192(3): 233-237 (1996)).
  • PSA polynucleotide fragments and polynucleotide variants are employed by skilled artisans for use in methods of monitoring PSA
  • 101P3A11 polynucleotide fragments and polynucleotide variants are used in an analogous manner.
  • typical PSA polynucleotides used in methods of monitoring PSA are probes or primers which consist of fragments of the PSA cDNA sequence.
  • primers used to PCR amplify a PSA polynucleotide must include less than the whole PSA sequence to function in the polymerase chain reaction.
  • PCR reactions In the context of such PCR reactions, skilled artisans generally create a variety of different polynucleotide fragments that can be used as primers in order to amplify different portions of a polynucleotide of interest or to optimize amplification reactions (see, e.g., Caetano-Anolles, G. Biotechniques 25(3): 472-476, 478- 480 (1998); Robertson et al, Methods Mol. Biol. 98:121-154 (1998)).
  • variant polynucleotide sequences are typically used as primers and probes for the corresponding mRNAs in PCR and Northern analyses (see, e.g., Sawai et al., Fetal Diagn. Ther. 1996 Nov-Dec 11(6):407-13 and Current Protocols In Molecular Biology, Volume 2, Unit 2, Frederick M. Ausubel et al eds., 1995)).
  • Polynucleotide fragments and variants are useful in this context where they are capable of binding to a target polynucleotide sequence (e.g., a 101P3A11 polynucleotide shown in Figure 2 or variant thereof) under conditions of high stringency.
  • a target polynucleotide sequence e.g., a 101P3A11 polynucleotide shown in Figure 2 or variant thereof
  • PSA polypeptides which contain an epitope that can be recognized by an antibody or T cell that specifically binds to that epitope are used in methods of monitoring PSA.
  • 101P3A11 polypeptide fragments and polypeptide analogs or variants can also be used in an analogous manner. This practice of using polypeptide fragments or polypeptide variants to generate antibodies (such as anti-PSA antibodies or T cells) is typical in the art with a wide variety of systems such as fusion proteins being used by practitioners (see, e.g., Current Protocols In Molecular Biology, Volume 2, Unit 16, Frederick M. Ausubel et al eds., 1995). In this context, each epitope(s) functions to provide the architecture with which an antibody or T cell is reactive.
  • polypeptide fragments that can be used in order to generate immune responses specific for different portions of a polypeptide of interest (see, e.g., U.S. Patent No. 5,840,501 and U.S. Patent No. 5,939,533).
  • a polypeptide comprising one of the 101P3A11 biological motifs discussed herein or a motif-bearing subsequence which is readily identified by one of skill in the art based on motifs available in the art.
  • Polypeptide fragments, variants or analogs are typically useful in this context as long as they comprise an epitope capable of generating an antibody or T cell specific for a target polypeptide sequence (e.g. a 101P3A11 polypeptide shown in Figure 3).
  • the 101P3A11 polynucleotides and polypeptides exhibit specific properties that make them useful in diagnosing cancers such as those listed in Table I.
  • these materials satisfy a need in the art for molecules having similar or complementary characteristics to PSA in situations where, for example, a definite diagnosis of metastasis of prostatic origin cannot be made on the basis of a test for PSA alone (see, e.g., Alanen et al, Pathol. Res. Pract. 192(3): 233-237 (1996)), and consequently, materials such as 101P3A11 polynucleotides and polypeptides (as well as the 101P3A11 polynucleotide probes and anti-101P3Al 1 antibodies used to identify the presence of these molecules) need to be employed to confirm a metastases of prostatic origin.
  • the 101P3A11 polynucleotides disclosed herein have a number of other utilities such as their use in the identification of oncogenetic associated chromosomal abnormalities in the chromosomal region to which the 101P3A11 gene maps (see the Example entitled "Chromosomal Mapping of 101P3A11" below).
  • the 101P3A11-related proteins and polynucleotides disclosed herein have other utilities such as their use in the forensic analysis of tissues of unknown origin (see, e.g., Takahama K Forensic Sci Int 1996 Jun 28;80(l-2): 63-9).
  • 101P3A11-related proteins or polynucleotides of the invention can be used to treat a pathologic condition characterized by the over-expression of 101P3A1 1.
  • the amino acid or nucleic acid sequence of Figure 2 or Figure 3, or fragments of either can be used to generate an immune response to a 101P3A11 antigen.
  • Antibodies or other molecules that react with 101P3A11 can be used to modulate the function of this molecule, and thereby provide a therapeutic benefit.
  • the invention includes various methods and compositions for inhibiting the binding of 101P3A11 to its binding partner or its association with other protein(s) as well as methods for inhibiting 101P3A11 function.
  • a recombinant vector that encodes single chain antibodies that specifically bind to 101P3A11 are introduced into 101P3A11 expressing cells via gene transfer technologies. Accordingly, the encoded single chain anti-101P3Al 1 antibody is expressed intracellularly, binds to 101P3A11 protein, and thereby inhibits its function.
  • Methods for engineering such intracellular single chain antibodies are well known.
  • intracellular antibodies also known as "intrabodies”, are specifically targeted to a particular compartment within the cell, providing control over where the inhibitory activity of the treatment is focused. This technology has been successfully applied in the art (for review, see Richardson and Marasco, 1995, TIBTECH vol. 13).
  • Intrabodies have been shown to virtually eliminate the expression of otherwise abundant cell surface receptors (see, e.g., Richardson et al, 1995, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 92: 3137-3141; Beerli et al, 1994, J. Biol. Chem. 289: 23931-23936; Deshane et al, 1994, Gene Ther. 1: 332-337).
  • Single chain antibodies comprise the variable domains of the heavy and light chain joined by a flexible linker polypeptide, and are expressed as a single polypeptide.
  • single chain antibodies are expressed as a single chain variable region fragment joined to the light chain constant region.
  • Well-known intracellular trafficking signals are engineered into recombinant polynucleotide vectors encoding such single chain antibodies in order to precisely target the intrabody to the desired intracellular compartment.
  • intrabodies targeted to the endoplasmic reticulum (ER) are engineered to incorporate a leader peptide and, optionally, a C- terminal ER retention signal, such as the KDEL (SEQ ID NO: ) amino acid motif.
  • Intrabodies intended to exert activity in the nucleus are engineered to include a nuclear localization signal. Lipid moieties are joined to intrabodies in order to tether the intrabody to the cytosolic side of the plasma membrane. Intrabodies can also be targeted to exert function in the cytosol. For example, cytosolic intrabodies are used to sequester factors within the cytosol, thereby preventing them from being transported to their natural cellular destination.
  • intrabodies are used to capture 101P3A1 1 in the nucleus, thereby preventing its activity within the nucleus.
  • Nuclear targeting signals arc engineered into such 101P3A1 1 intrabodies in order to achieve the desired targeting.
  • Such 101P3A 1 1 intrabodies arc designed to bind specifically to a particular 101P3A11 domain.
  • cytosolic intrabodies that specifically bind to a 101P3A11 protein are used to prevent 101P3A11 from gaining access to the nucleus, thereby preventing it from exerting any biological activity within the nucleus (e.g., preventing 101P3A11 from forming transcription complexes with other factors).
  • the transcription of the intrabody is placed under the regulatory control of an appropriate tumor-specific promoter and/or enhancer.
  • an appropriate tumor-specific promoter and/or enhancer In order to target intrabody expression specifically to prostate, for example, the PSA promoter and/or promoter/enhancer can be utilized (See, for example, U.S. Patent No. 5,919,652 issued 6 July 1999).
  • recombinant molecules bind to 101P3A11 and thereby inhibit 101P3A11 function.
  • these recombinant molecules prevent or inhibit 101P3A11 from accessing/binding to its binding partner(s) or associating with other protein(s).
  • Such recombinant molecules can, for example, contain the reactive part(s) of a 101P3A11 specific antibody molecule.
  • the 101P3A11 binding domain of a 101P3A11 binding partner is engineered into a dimeric fusion protein, whereby the fusion protein comprises two 101P3A11 ligand binding domains linked to the Fc portion of a human IgG, such as human IgGl .
  • Such IgG portion can contain, for example, the C H 2 and C H 3 domains and the hinge region, but not the CHI domain.
  • Such dimeric fusion proteins are administered in soluble form to patients suffering from a cancer associated with the expression of 101P3A11, whereby the dimeric fusion protein specifically binds to 101P3A11 and blocks 101P3A11 interaction wid a binding partner.
  • Such dimeric fusion proteins are further combined into multimeric proteins using known antibody linking technologies.
  • the present invention also comprises various methods and compositions for inhibiting the transcription of the 101P3A11 gene. Similarly, the invention also provides methods and compositions for inhibiting the translation of 101P3A11 mRNA into protein.
  • a method of inhibiting the transcription of the 101P3A11 gene comprises contacting the 101P3A11 gene with a 101P3A11 antisense polynucleotide.
  • a method of inhibiting 101P3A11 mRNA translation comprises contacting a 101P3A11 mRNA with an antisense polynucleotide.
  • a 101P3A11 specific ribozyme is used to cleave a 101P3A11 message, thereby inhibiting translation.
  • Such antisense and ribozyme based methods can also be directed to the regulatory regions of the 101P3A11 gene, such as 101P3A11 promoter and/or enhancer elements.
  • proteins capable of inhibiting a 101P3A11 gene transcription factor are used to inhibit 101P3A11 mRNA transcription.
  • the various polynucleotides and compositions useful in the aforementioned methods have been described above.
  • the use of antisense and ribozyme molecules to inhibit transcription and translation is well known in the art.
  • Gene transfer and gene therapy technologies can be used to deliver therapeutic polynucleotide molecules to tumor cells synthesizing 101P3A11 (i.e., antisense, ribozyme, polynucleotides encoding intrabodies and other 101P3A11 inhibitory molecules).
  • 101P3A11 i.e., antisense, ribozyme, polynucleotides encoding intrabodies and other 101P3A11 inhibitory molecules.
  • a number of gene therapy approaches are known in the art.
  • Recombinant vectors encoding 101P3A11 antisense polynucleotides, ribozymes, factors capable of interfering with 101P3A11 transcription, and so forth, can be delivered to target tumor cells using such gene therapy approaches.
  • the above therapeutic approaches can be combined with any one of a wide variety of surgical, chemotherapy or radiation therapy regimens.
  • the therapeutic approaches of the invention can enable the use of reduced dosages of chemotherapy (or other therapies) and/or less frequent administration, an advantage for all patients and particularly for those that do not tolerate the toxicity of the chemotherapeutic agent well.
  • the anti-tumor activity of a particular composition can be evaluated using various in vitro and in vivo assay systems.
  • In vitro assays that evaluate therapeutic activity include cell growth assays, soft agar assays and other assays indicative of tumor promoting activity, binding assays capable of determining the extent to which a therapeutic composition will inhibit the binding of 101P3A11 to a binding partner, etc.
  • a 101P3A11 therapeutic composition can be evaluated in a suitable animal model.
  • xenogenic prostate cancer models can be used, wherein human prostate cancer explants or passaged xenograft tissues are introduced into immune compromised animals, such as nude or SCID mice (Klein et al, 1997, Nature Medicine 3: 402-408).
  • PCT Patent Application W098/16628 and U.S. Patent 6, 107,540 describe various xenograft models of human prostate cancer capable of recapitulating the development of primary tumors, micrometastasis, and the formation of osteoblastic metastases characteristic of late stage disease.
  • Efficacy can be predicted using assays that measure inhibition of tumor formation, tumor regression or metastasis, and the like. In vivo assays that evaluate the promotion of apoptosis are useful in evaluating therapeutic compositions.
  • xenografts from tumor bearing mice treated with the therapeutic composition can be examined for the presence of apoptotic foci and compared to untreated control xenograft-bearing mice. The extent to which apoptotic foci are found in the tumors of the treated mice provides an indication of the therapeutic efficacy of the composition.
  • Suitable carriers include any material that when combined with the therapeutic composition retains the anti-tumor function of the therapeutic composition and is generally non-reactive with the patient's immune system. Examples include, but are not limited to, any of a number of standard pharmaceutical carriers such as sterile phosphate buffered saline solutions, bacteriostatic water, and the like (see, generally, Remington's Pharmaceutical Sciences 16 th Edition, A. Osal., Ed., 1980).
  • Therapeutic formulations can be solubilized and administered via any route capable of delivering the therapeutic composition to the tumor site.
  • Potentially effective routes of administration include, but are not limited to, intravenous, parenteral, intraperitoneal, intramuscular, intratumor, intradermal, intraorgan, orthotopic, and the like.
  • a preferred formulation for intravenous injection comprises the therapeutic composition in a solution of preserved bacteriostatic water, sterile unpreserved water, and/or diluted in polyvinylchloride or polyethylene bags containing 0.9% sterile Sodium Chloride for Injection, USP.
  • Therapeutic protein preparations can be lyophilized and stored as sterile powders, preferably under vacuum, and then reconstituted in bacteriostatic water (containing for example, benzyl alcohol preservative) or in sterile water prior to injection.
  • Dosages and administration protocols for the treatment of cancers using the foregoing methods will vary with the method and the target cancer, and will generally depend on a number of other factors appreciated in the art.
  • kits are also within the scope of the invention.
  • Such kits can comprise a carrier, package or container that is compartmentalized to receive one or more containers such as vials, tubes, and the like, each of the container(s) comprising one of the separate elements to be used in the method.
  • the container(s) can comprise a probe that is or can be detectably labeled.
  • probe can be an antibody or polynucleotide specific for a Figure 2-related protein or a Figure 2 gene or message, respectively.
  • the kit can also have containers containing nucleotide(s) for amplification of the target nucleic acid sequence and/or a container comprising a reporter-means, such as a biotin-binding protein, such as avidin or stieptavidin, bound to a reporter molecule, such as an enzymatic, florescent, or radioisotope label.
  • a reporter-means such as a biotin-binding protein, such as avidin or stieptavidin
  • the kit can include all or part of the amino acid sequences in Figure 2 or Figure 3 or analogs thereof, or a nucleic acid molecules that encodes such amino acid sequences.
  • the kit of the invention will typically comprise the container described above and one or more other containers comprising materials desirable from a commercial and user standpoint, including buffers, diluents, filters, needles, syringes; carrier, package, container, vial and/or tube labels listing contents and/or instructions for use, and package inserts with instructions for use.
  • a label can be present on the container to indicate that the composition is used for a specific therapy or non- therapeutic application, such as a diagnostic or laboratory application, and can also indicate directions for either in vivo or in vitro use, such as those described herein. Directions and or other information can also be included on an insert(s) or label(s) which is included with or on the kit.
  • an article(s) of manufacture containing compositions such as amino acid sequence(s), small molecule(s), nucleic acid sequence(s), and/or antibody(s), e.g., materials useful for the diagnosis, prognosis, prophylaxis and/or treatment of neoplasias of tissues such as those set forth in Table I is provided.
  • the article of manufacture typically comprises at least one container and at least one label. Suitable containers include, for example, bottles, vials, syringes, and test tubes. The containers can be formed from a variety of materials such as glass or plastic.
  • the container can hold amino acid sequence(s), small molecule(s), nucleic acid sequence(s), and/or antibody(s), in one embodiment the container holds a polynucleotide for use in examining the mRNA expression profile of a cell,, together with reagents used for this purpose.
  • the container can alternatively hold a composition which is effective for treating, diagnosis, prognosing or prophylaxing a condition and can have a sterile access port (for example the container can be an intravenous solution bag or a vial having a stopper pierceable by a hypodermic injection needle).
  • the active agents in the composition can be an antibody capable of specifically binding 101P3A11 and modulating the function of 101P3A11.
  • the label can be on or associated with the container.
  • a label a can be on a container when letters, numbers or other characters forming the label are molded or etched into the container itself; a label can be associated with a container when it is present within a receptacle or carrier that also holds the container, e.g., as a package insert.
  • the label can indicate that the composition is used for diagnosing, treating, prophylaxing or prognosing a condition, such as a neoplasia of a tissue set forth in Table I.
  • the article of manufacture can further comprise a second container comprising a pharmaceutically-acceptable buffer, such as phosphate-buffered saline, Ringer's solution and/ordextrose solution. It can further include other materials desirable from a commercial and user standpoint, including other buffers, diluents, filters, stirrers, needles, syringes, and/or package inserts with indications and/or instructions for use.
  • any search for relevant compounds should start by screening compounds against the ligand-independent active state. The search, then, is for an inverse agonist to the active state receptor.
  • Screening candidate compounds against orphan receptors allows for the direct identification of candidate compounds which act at the orphan cell surface receptor, without requiring any prior knowledge or use of the receptor's endogenous ligand. By determining areas within the body where such receptors are expressed and/or over-expressed, it is possible to determine related disease/disorder states which are associated with the expression and/or over expression of these receptors; such an approach is disclosed herein.
  • Inverse agonists and agonists to 101P3A11 can be identified by the methodologies disclosed herein. Such inverse agonists and agonists are ideal candidates as lead compounds in drug discovery programs for treating diseases related to this receptor. Indeed, an antagonist to such a receptor (even if the ligand were known) may be ineffective given that the receptor is activated even in the absence of ligand-receptor binding. Because of the ability to directly identify inverse agonists and agonists to these receptors, thereby allowing for the development of pharmaceutical compositions, a search for diseases and disorders associated with these receptors is possible. For example, 101P3A1 1 is expressed in cancers of the tissues set forth in Table I.
  • G protein receptor When a G protein receptor becomes constitutively active, it binds to a G protein (for example Gq, Gs, Gi, Go) and stimulates the binding of GTP to the G protein. The G protein then acts as a GTPase and slowly hydrolyzes the GTP to GDP, whereby the receptor, under normal conditions, becomes deactivated. However, constitutively activated receptors continue to exchange GDP to GTP.
  • GTP GTPase
  • GTPase binds to a GTPase and slowly hydrolyzes the GTP to GDP, whereby the receptor, under normal conditions, becomes deactivated.
  • constitutively activated receptors continue to exchange GDP to GTP.
  • a non-hydrolyzable analog of GTP [35S]GTP7S, can be used to monitor enhanced binding to membranes which express constitutively activated receptors. It is reported that [35 S]GTP7S can be used to monitor G protein coupling to membranes in the absence and presence of ligand.
  • candidate compounds are identified using the "generic" G protein- coupled receptor assay (i.e. an assay to select compounds that are agonists, partial agonists, or inverse agonists), farther screening to confirm that the compounds have interacted at the receptor site is preferred.
  • a compound identified by the "generic” assay may not bind to the receptor, but may instead merely "uncouple" the G protein from the intracellular domain.
  • Gs stimulates the enzyme adenylyl cyclase (Gi, on the other hand, inhibits this enzyme).
  • Adenylyl cyclase catalyzes the conversion of ATP to cANT; thus, assays that detect cANT can be utilized, for example and not limitation, cell-based cANT assay, to determine if a candidate compound is an inverse agonist to the receptor (i.e., such a compound which contacts the receptor would decrease the levels of cAMP relative to the uncontacted receptor).
  • cyclase-based assays can be used to further screen those compounds selected from an agonist and/or antagonist competitive binding assay.
  • an endogenous, constitutively activated orphan GPCRs such as 101P3A11
  • a unique challenge in that, by definition, the endogenous receptor is active even in the absence of an endogenous ligand bound thereto.
  • an endogenous orphan GPCR is constitutively activate, using the assay techniques set forth herein (as well as others known in the art), it is possible to determine the predominant G protein that couples with the endogenous GPCR. Coupling of the G protein to the GPCR provides a signaling pathway that can be assessed. Because it is most preferred that screening take place by use of a mammalian expression system, such a system will be expected to have endogenous G protein therein. Thus, by definition, in such a system, the endogenous, constitutively active orphan GPCR will continuously signal.
  • this signal be enhanced such that in the presence of, e.g., an inverse agonist to the receptor, it is more likely that one will be able to more readily differentiate, particularly in the context of screening, between the receptor when it is contacted with the inverse agonist.
  • a GPCR Fusion Protein is intended to enhance the efficacy of G protein coupling with the endogenous GPCR.
  • the GPCR Fusion Protein appears to be important for screening with an endogenous, constitutively activated GPCR because such an approach increases the signal that is most preferably utilized in such screening techniques. This is important in facilitating a significant "signal to noise" ratio. A significant ratio is preferred for the screening of candidate compounds as disclosed herein.
  • GPCR Fusion Protein The construction of a construct useful for expression of a GPCR Fusion Protein is within the purview of those having ordinary skill in the art. Commercially available expression vectors and systems offer a variety of approaches that can fit the particular needs of an investigator.
  • the criteria of importance for such a GPCR Fusion Protein construct is that the endogenous GPCR sequence and the G protein sequence both be in- frame (preferably, the sequence for the endogenous GPCR is upstream of the G protein sequence) and that the "stop" codon of the GPCR must be deleted or replaced such that upon expression of the GPCR, the G protein can also be expressed.
  • the GPCR can be linked directly to the G protein, or there can be spacer residues between the two (preferably, no more than about 12, although this number can be readily ascertained by one of ordinary skill in the art).
  • the results are substantially the same; however, there is a preference (based upon convenience) for use of a spacer in that some restriction sites that are not used will, upon expression, effectively, become a spacer.
  • the G protein that couples to the endogenous GPCR will have been identified prior to the creation of the GPCR Fusion Protein construct. Because there are only a few G proteins that have been identified, it is preferred that a construct comprising the sequence of the G protein (i.e., a universal G protein construct) be available for insertion of an endogenous GPCR sequence therein; this provides for efficiency in the context of large-scale screening of a variety of different endogenous GPCRs having different sequences.
  • Candidate compounds selected for further development as active ingredients can be formulated into pharmaceutical compositions using techniques well known to those in the art. Suitable pharmaceutically-acceptable carriers are available to those in the art; for example, see Remington's Pharmaceutical Sciences, 16t" Edition, 1980, Mack Publishing Co., (Oslo et al., eds.).
  • Example 1 Expression analysis of 101P3A11 in normal tissues and patient specimens
  • First strand cDNA was prepared from vital pool 1 (VPl : liver, lung and kidney), vital pool 2 (VP2, pancreas, colon and stomach), prostate xenograft pool, prostate cancer pool, kidney cancer pool, colon cancer pool, breast cancer pool, and cancer metastasis pool. Normalization was performed by PCR using primers to actin and GAPDH. Semi-quantitative PCR, using primers to 101P3A11, was performed at 30 cycles of amplification. Expression of 101P3A11 was observed in prostate xenograft pool, prostate cancer pool, kidney cancer pool, colon cancer pool, breast cancer pool, and cancer metastasis pool, but not in VPl and VP2.
  • NP normal prostate
  • NB normal bladder
  • NK normal kidney
  • NC normal colon
  • RNA in situ analysis using anti-sense 101P3A11 riboprobe showed significant glandular epithelial and basal cell expression in normal prostate (4/4), PIN (1/1), and prostate cancer (6/6) patients. 101P3A11 sense riboprobe had little to no staining.
  • the RNA in situ staining in PIN and prostate cancer is shown in Figure 12B and Figure 12C. The staining intensity in the cancer cells was generally higher than that observed in normal glands ( Figure 12D and 12E).
  • the RNA in situ results also demonstrate that the expression observed in the prostate tissues is in the glandular epithelia, basal cells, and cancer cells.
  • the present protocol was used to identify endogenous expression of the 101P3A11 protein in prostate cancer, bladder cancer, kidney cancer, colon cancer, lung cancer, and breast cancer.
  • Immunohistochemical analysis was performed with the anti-101P3Al 1 (PEPTIDE 1: amino acids 1-14) rabbit polyclonal antibody (prostate cancer, Figure 41A; bladder cancer, Figure 41B; kidney cancer, Figure 41C; colon cancer, Figure 4 ID; lung cancer, Figure 4 IE; and breast cancer, Figure 4 IF).
  • PETIDE 1 amino acids 1-14
  • Transcript variants are variants of mature mRNA from the same gene which arise by alternative transcription or alternative splicing.
  • Alternative transcripts are transcripts from the same gene but start transcription at different points.
  • Splice variants are mRNA variants spliced differently from the same transcript.
  • a given gene can have zero to many alternative transcripts and each transcript can have zero to many splice variants.
  • Each transcript variant has a unique exon makeup, and can have different coding and/or non-coding (5' or 3' end) portions, from the original transcript.
  • Transcript variants can code for similar or different proteins with the same or a similar function or can encode proteins with different functions, and can be expressed in the same tissue at the same time, or in different tissues at the same time, or in the same tissue at different times, or in different tissues at different times. Proteins encoded by transcript variants can have similar or different cellular or extracellular localizations, e.g., secreted versus intracellular.
  • Transcript variants are identified by a variety of art-accepted methods. For example, alternative transcripts and splice variants are identified by full-length cloning experiment, or by use of full-length transcript and EST sequences. First, all human ESTs were grouped into clusters which show direct or indirect identity with each other. Second, ESTs in the same cluster were further grouped into sub-clusters and assembled into a consensus sequence. The original gene sequence is compared to the consensus sequence(s) or other full-length sequences. Each consensus sequence is a potential splice variant for that gene (see, e.g., URL www.doubletwist.com/products/cl l_agentsOverview.jhtml). Even when a variant is identified that is not a full- length clone, that portion of the variant is very useful for antigen generation and for further cloning of the full- length splice variant, using techniques known in the art.
  • Genomic-based transcript variant identification programs include FgenesH (A. Salamov and V. Solovyev, "Ab initio gene finding in Drosophila genomic DNA,” Genome Research. 2000 April;10(4):516-22); Grail (URL compbio.ornl.gov/Grail-bin/EmptyGrailForm) and GenScan (URL genes.mit.edu/GENSCAN.htinl).
  • FgenesH A. Salamov and V. Solovyev, "Ab initio gene finding in Drosophila genomic DNA," Genome Research. 2000 April;10(4):516-22
  • Grail URL compbio.ornl.gov/Grail-bin/EmptyGrailForm
  • GenScan URL genes.mit.edu/GENSCAN.htinl
  • PCR-based Validation Wellmann S, et al, Specific reverse transcription-PCR quantification of vascular endothelial growth factor (VEGF) splice variants by LightCycler technology, Clin Chem. 2001 Apr;47(4):654-60; Jia, H.P., et al, Discovery of new human beta-defensins using a genomics-based approach, Gene. 2001 Jan 24; 263(1-2):211-8.
  • VEGF vascular endothelial growth factor
  • genomic regions are modulated in cancers.
  • the alternative transcripts or splice variants of the gene are modulated as well.
  • 101P3A11 has a particular expression profile related to cancer.
  • Alternative transcripts and splice variants of 101P3A1 1 may also be involved in cancers in the same or different tissues, thus serving as tumor-associated markers/antigens.
  • exon composition of the original transcript designated as 101P3A11 v.l, are:
  • transcript variant 101P3A11 v.2 Compared with 101P3A11 v.l, transcript variant 101P3A11 v.2 has spliced out a fragment from the second exon of variant 1, as shown in Figure 46. All other exons are the same corresponding exons of 101P3A11 v.l. Theoretically, each different combination of exons in spatial order, e.g. exons 2 and 3, is a potential splice variant.
  • Figure 46 shows the schematic alignment of exons of the two transcript variants.
  • Figure 2 shows nucleotide sequence of the transcript variant (101P3A11 v.2).
  • Figure 69 shows the alignment of the transcript variant with nucleic acid sequence of 101P3A11 v.l.
  • Figure 70 lays out amino acid translation of the transcript variant for the identified reading frame orientation.
  • Figure 71 displays alignments of the amino acid sequence encoded by the splice variant with that of 101P3A11 v.l.
  • a Single Nucleotide Polymorphism is a single base pair variation in a nucleotide sequence at a specific location.
  • SNP Single Nucleotide Polymorphism
  • Genotype refers to the specific base pair sequence of one or more locations in the genome of an individual.
  • Haplotype refers to the base pair sequence of more than one location on the same DNA molecule (or the same chromosome in higher organisms), often in the context of one gene or in the context of several tightly linked genes.
  • SNPs that occur on a cDNA are called cSNPs. These cSNPs may change amino acids of the protein encoded by the gene and thus change the functions of the protein.
  • SNPs and/or combinations of alleles have many applications, including diagnosis of inherited diseases, determination of drag reactions and dosage, identification of genes responsible for diseases, and analysis of the genetic relationship between individuals (P. Nowotny, J. M. Kwon and A. M. Goate, " SNP analysis to dissect human traits," Curr. Opin. Neurobiol. 2001 Oct; 11(5):637-641; M. Pirmohamed and B. K. Park, "Genetic susceptibility to adverse drug reactions,” Trends Pharmacol. Sci. 2001 Jun; 22(6):298-305; J. H. Riley, C.
  • SNPs are identified by a variety of art-accepted methods (P. Bean, "The promising voyage of SNP target discovery," Am. Clin. Lab. 2001 Oct-Nov; 20(9): 18-20; K. M. Weiss, "In search of human variation,” Genome Res. 1998 Jul; 8(7):691-697; M. M. She, “Enabling large-scale pharmacogenetic studies by high-throughput mutation detection and genotyping teclmologies,” Clin. Chem. 2001 Feb; 47(2):164-172).
  • SNPs are identified by sequencing DNA fragments that show polymorphism by gel-based methods such as restriction fragment length polymorphism (RFLP) and denaturing gradient gel eiectrophoresis (DGGE).
  • RFLP restriction fragment length polymorphism
  • DGGE denaturing gradient gel eiectrophoresis
  • SNPs can also be discovered by direct sequencing of DNA samples pooled from different individuals or by comparing sequences from different DNA samples. With the rapid accumulation of sequence data in public and private databases, one can discover SNPs by comparing sequences using computer programs (Z. Gu, L. Hillier and P. Y. Kwok, "Single nucleotide polymorphism hunting in cyberspace,” Hum. Mutat. 1998; 12(4):221-225). SNPs can be verified and genotype or haplotype of an individual can be determined by a variety of methods including direct sequencing and high throughput microarrays (P. Y. Kwok, "Methods for genotyping single nucleotide polymorphisms," Annu. Rev. Genomics Hum. Genet.
  • transcripts or proteins with alternative alleles were designated as variants 101P3A11 v.3, v.4, v.5, v.6 and v.7, respectively.
  • Figure 44 shows the schematic alignment of the SNP variants.
  • Figure 45 shows the schematic alignment of protein variants, corresponding to nucleotide variants. Nucleotide variants that code for the same amino acid sequence as variant 1 are not shown in Figure 11. These alleles of the SNPs, though shown separately here, can occur in different combinations (haplotypes) and in any one of the transcript variants (such as 101P3A1 1 v.2) that contains the sequence context of the SNPs.
  • Example 4 Production of Recombinant 101 P3A1 1 in Prokaryotic and Yeast Systems
  • the full or partial length 101P3A11 cDNA sequences can be cloned into any one of a variety of expression vectors known in the art.
  • One or more of the following regions of 101P3A11 are expressed in these constructs, amino acids 1 to 317; or any 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 26, 27, 28, 29, 30 or more contiguous amino acids from 101P3A11, variants, or analogs thereof.
  • pCRII In vitro transcription and translation constructs: pCRII: To generate 101P3A11 sense and anti-sense RNA probes for RNA in situ investigations, pCRII constructs (Invitrogen, Carlsbad, CA) are generated encoding either all or fragments of the 101P3A11 cDNA. The pCRII vector has Sp6 and T7 promoters flanking the insert to drive the transcription of 101P3A11 RNA for use as probes in RNA in situ hybridization experiments. These probes are used to analyze the cell and tissue expression of 101P3A11 at the RNA level.
  • Transcribed 101P3A11 RNA representing the cDNA amino acid coding region of the 101P3A11 gene is used in in vitro translation systems such as the TnTTM Coupled Reticulolysate System (Promega, Corp., Madison, Wl) to synthesize 101P3A11 protein.
  • TnTTM Coupled Reticulolysate System Promega, Corp., Madison, Wl
  • pGEX Constructs To generate recombinant 101P3A11 proteins in bacteria that are fused to the Glutathione S-transferase (GST) protein, all or parts of the 101P3A11 cDNA protein coding sequence are fused to the GST gene by cloning into pGEX-6P-l or any other GST- fusion vector of the pGEX family (Amersham Pharmacia Biotech, Piscataway, NJ). These constructs allow controlled expression of recombinant 101P3A11 protein sequences with GST fused at the amino-terminus and a six histidine epitope (6X His) at the carboxyl- terminus.
  • GST Glutathione S-transferase
  • the GST and 6X His tags permit purification of the recombinant fusion protein from induced bacteria with the appropriate affinity matrix and allow recognition of the fusion protein with anti-GST and anti-His antibodies.
  • the 6X His tag is generated by adding 6 histidine codons to the cloning primer at the 3' end, e.g., of the open reading frame (ORF).
  • a proteolytic cleavage site such as the PreScissionTM recognition site in pGEX- 6P-1, can be employed that permits cleavage of the GST tag from 101P3A11-related protein.
  • the ampicillin resistance gene and pBR322 origin permit selection and maintenance of the pGEX plasmids in E. coli.
  • amino acids 86-317 are cloned into the pGEX-2T expression vector, the protein is expressed and purified.
  • pMAL Constructs To generate, in bacteria, recombinant 101P3A11 proteins that are fused to maltose- binding protein (MBP), all or parts of the 101P3A1 1 cDNA protein coding sequence are fused to the MBP gene by cloning into the pMAL-c2X and pMAL-p2X vectors (New England Biolabs, Beverly, MA). These constructs allow controlled expression of recombinant 101P3A11 protein sequences with MBP fused at the amino-terminus and a 6X His epitope tag at the carboxyl-terminus.
  • MBP maltose- binding protein
  • the MBP and 6X His tags permit purification of the recombinant protein from induced bacteria with the appropriate affinity matrix and allow recognition of the fusion protein with anti-MBP and ' anti-His antibodies.
  • the 6X His epitope tag is generated by adding 6 histidine codons to the 3' cloning primer.
  • a Factor Xa recognition site permits cleavage of the pMAL tag from 101P3A11.
  • the pMAL-c2X and pMAL-p2X vectors are optimized to express the recombinant protein in the cytoplasm or pcriplasm respectively. Periplasm expression enhances folding of proteins with disulfide bonds.
  • amino acids 86-310 is cloned into the pM ⁇ L-c2X expression vector, the protein is expressed and purified.
  • pET Constructs To express 101P3A11 in bacterial cells, all or parts of the 101P3A11 cDNA protein coding sequence are cloned into the pET family of vectors (Novagen, Madison, Wl). These vectors allow tightly controlled expression of recombinant 101P3A11 protein in bacteria with and without fusion to proteins that enhance solubility, such as NusA and thioredoxin (Trx), and epitope tags, such as 6X His and S-Tag TM that aid purification and detection of the recombinant protein. For example, constructs are made utilizing pET NusA fusion system 43.1 such that regions of the 101P3A11 protein are expressed as amino-terminal fusions to NusA.
  • Yeast Constructs To express 101P3A11 in the yeast species Saccharomyces cerevisiae for generation of recombinant protein and functional studies, all or parts of the 101P3A11 cDNA protein coding sequence are cloned into the pESC family of vectors each of which contain 1 of 4 selectable markers, HIS3, TRPl, LEU2, and URA3 (Stiatagene, La Jolla, CA). These vectors allow controlled expression from the same plasmid of up to 2 different genes or cloned sequences containing either FlagTM or Myc epitope tags in the same yeast cell. This system is used to confirm protein-protein interactions of 101P3A11.
  • pESP Constructs To express 101P3A11 in the yeast species Saccharomyces pombe, all or parts of the 101P3A11 cDNA protein coding sequence are cloned into the pESP family of vectors. These vectors allow controlled high level expression of a 101P3A11 protein sequence that is fused at either the amino terminus or at the carboxyl terminus to GST which aids purification of the recombinant protein.
  • a FlagTM epitope tag allows detection of the recombinant protein with anti- FlagTM antibody.
  • 101P3A11 cDNA sequences can be cloned into any one of a variety of expression vectors known in the art.
  • One or more of the following regions of 101P3A11 are expressed in these constructs, amino acids 1 to 318 of v.l and v.3, amino acids 1 to 72 ofv.2; or any 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 26, 27, 28, 29, 30 or more contiguous amino acids from 101P3A11, variants, or analogs thereof.
  • the constructs can be transfected into any one of a wide variety of mammalian cells such as 293T cells.
  • Transfected 293T cell lysates can be probed with the anti-101P3Al 1 polyclonal serum, described herein.
  • pcDNA4/HisMax Constructs To express 101P3A11 in mammalian cells, the 101P3A1 1 ORF was cloned into pcDNA4/HisMax Version A (Invitrogen, Carlsbad, CA). Protein expression is driven from the cytomegalovims (CMV) promoter and the SP 16 translational enhancer. The recombinant protein has Xpress rM and six histidine (6X His) epitopes fused to the amino-terminus.
  • CMV cytomegalovims
  • 6X His six histidine
  • the pcDNA4/HisMax vector also contains the bovine growth hormone (BGH) polyadenylation signal and transcription termination sequence to enhance mRNA stability along with the SV40 origin for episomal replication and simple vector rescue in cell lines expressing the large T antigen.
  • BGH bovine growth hormone
  • the Zeocin resistance gene allows for selection of mammalian cells expressing the protein and the ampicillin resistance gene and ColEl origin permits selection and maintenance of the plasmid in E. coli.
  • pcDNA3.1/MvcHis Constructs To express 101P3A11 in mammalian cells, the 101P3A11 ORF, with a consensus Kozak translation initiation site, was cloned into pcDNA3.1/MycHis Version A (Invitrogen, Carlsbad, CA).
  • Protein expression is driven from the cytomegalovirus (CMV) promoter.
  • CMV cytomegalovirus
  • the recombinant proteins have the myc epitope and 6X His epitope fused to the carboxyl-terminus.
  • the pcDNA3.1/MycHis vector also contains the bovine growth hormone (BGH) polyadenylation signal and transcription termination sequence to enhance mRNA stability, along with the SV40 origin for episomal replication and simple vector rescue in cell lines expressing the large T antigen.
  • BGH bovine growth hormone
  • the Neomycin resistance gene can be used, as it allows for selection of mammalian cells expressing the protein and the ampicillin resistance gene and ColEl origin permits selection and maintenance of the plasmid in E. coli.
  • pcDNA3.1/GFP Construct To express 101P3A11 in mammalian cells and to allow detection of the recombinant proteins using fluorescence, the 101P3A11 ORF, with a consensus Kozak translation initiation site, was cloned into pcDNA3.1/GFP. Protein expression was driven from the cytomegalovirus (CMV) promoter. The recombinant proteins have the Green Fluorescent Protein (GFP) fused to the carboxyl-terminus facilitating non- invasive, in vivo detection and cell biology studies.
  • CMV cytomegalovirus
  • GFP Green Fluorescent Protein
  • the pcDNA3.1/GFP vector also contains the bovine growth hormone (BGH) polyadenylation signal and transcription termination sequence to enhance mRNA stability along with the SV40 origin for episomal replication and simple vector rescue in cell lines expressing the large T antigen.
  • BGH bovine growth hormone
  • the Neomycin resistance gene allows for selection of mammalian cells that express the protein, and the ampicillin resistance gene and ColEl origin permits selection and maintenance of the plasmid in E. coli.
  • Figure 66 shows expression and detection of 101P3A1.GFP fusion protein. 293T cells were transfected with either pcDNA3.1/101P3A1 l.GFP recombinant expression vector (A), pcDNA3.1/GFP vector (B) or control pcDNA3.1 vector (C).
  • Codon optimized 101P3A11 To enhance protein translation of 101P3A11, the nucleic acid sequence of 101P3A11 was codon optimized (sl01P3Al 1). The sequence of codon optimized S101P3A11 is listed in Figure 67. The sl01P3Al 1 was cloned into the pcDNA3.1/GFP construct and into the pSRa retroviral vector, to generate the S101P3A1 l.GFP fusion protein. The recombinant protein has the Green Fluorescent Protein (GFP) fused to the carboxyl-terminus facilitating non-invasive, in vivo detection and cell biology studies.
  • GFP Green Fluorescent Protein
  • Figure 68 shows expression and detection of the codon optimized sl01P3Al.GFP fusion protein.
  • 293T cells were transfected with either pcDNA3.1 vector control (light line), or one of the three different pcDNA3.1/sl01P3Al l.GFP vector clones, 1G2, 2G3, or 3H5 (dark line).
  • Cells were harvested 24 hours later and either analyzed directly for green fluorescence (A), or stained viably using polyclonal anti-101P3Al 1 antibody (B) and analyzed by flow cytometry. Results show strong expression of the codon optimized sl01P3Al l.GFP fusion protein at the cell surface of transfected cells.
  • PAPtag The 101P3A11 ORF, or portions thereof, of 101P3A11 are cloned into pAPtag-5 (GenHunter Corp. Nashville, TN). This construct generates an alkaline phosphatase fusion at the carboxyl-terminus of the 101P3A11 proteins while fusing the IgG signal sequence to the amino-terminus. Constructs are also generated in which alkaline phosphatase with an amino-terminal IgG signal sequence is fused to the amino-terminus of 101P3A11 proteins.
  • the resulting recombinant 101P3A11 proteins are optimized for secretion into the media of transfected mammalian cells and can be used to identify proteins such as ligands or receptors that interact with the 101P3A11 proteins.
  • Protein expression is driven from the CMV promoter and the recombinant proteins also contain myc and 6X His epitopes fused at the carboxyl-terminus that facilitates detection and purification.
  • the Zeocin resistance gene present in the vector allows for selection of mammalian cells expressing the recombinant protein and the ampicillin resistance gene permits selection of the plasmid in E. coli.
  • ptag5 The 101P3A11 ORF, or portions thereof, of 101P3A11 are cloned into pTag-5.
  • This vector is similar to pAPtag but without the alkaline phosphatase fusion.
  • This construct generated 101P3A11 protein with an amino-terminal IgG signal sequence and myc and 6X His epitope tags at the carboxyl-terminus that facilitate detection and affinity purification.
  • the resulting recombinant 101P3A11 protein was optimized for secretion into the media of transfected mammalian cells, and was used as immunogen or ligand to identify proteins such as ligands or receptors that interact with the 101P3A11 proteins. Protein expression is driven from the CMV promoter.
  • the Zeocin resistance gene present in the vector allows for selection of mammalian cells expressing the protein, and the ampicillin resistance gene permits selection of the plasmid in E. coli.
  • PsecFc The 101P3A11 ORF, or portions thereof, of 101P3A11 are also cloned into psecFc.
  • the psecFc vector was assembled by cloning the human immunoglobulin GI (IgG) Fc (hinge, CH2, CH3 regions) into- pSecTag2 (Invitrogen, California). This construct generates an IgGl Fc fusion at the carboxyl-terminus of the 101P3A11 proteins, while fusing the IgG ⁇ signal sequence to N-terminus.
  • IgG human immunoglobulin GI
  • 101P3A11 fusions utilizing the murine IgGl Fc region are also used.
  • the resulting recombinant 101P3A1 1 proteins are optimized for secretion into the media of transfected mammalian cells, and can be used as immunogens or to identify proteins such as ligands or receptors that interact with the 101P3A11 protein. Protein expression is driven from the CMV promoter.
  • the hygromycin resistance gene present in the vector allows for selection of mammalian cells that express the recombinant protein, and the ampicillin resistance gene permits selection of the plasmid in E. coli.
  • the amino acid region 159-202 of the 101P3A11 ORF was cloned into psecFc.
  • the resulting recombinant 101P3A1 l(159-202)-psecFc construct was transfected into 293T and Cos-7 cells, and the expression of recombinant 101P3A1 l(159-202)-psecFc protein assayed by Western blotting ( Figure 17). Results show that 101P3A1 l(159-202)-psecFc fusion protein was expressed in the lysates of both 293T and Cos-7 cells.
  • the 101P3A1 l(159-202)-psecFc fusion protein was also secreted and detected in the culture supernatants of both cell types.
  • pSRct Constructs To generate mammalian cell lines that express 101P3A11, constitutively, the ORF of 101P3A11 was cloned into pSR ⁇ constructs. Amphotropic and ecotropic retroviruses were generated by transfection of pSR ⁇ constructs into the 293T-10A1 packaging line or co-transfection of pSR ⁇ and a helper plasmid (containing deleted packaging sequences) into the 293 cells, respectively. The retrovirus was used to infect a variety of mammalian cell lines, resulting in the integration of the cloned gene, 101P3A11, into the host cell lines. Protein expression is driven from a long terminal repeat (LTR).
  • LTR long terminal repeat
  • Neomycin resistance gene present in the vector allows for selection of mammalian cells that express the protein, and the ampicillin resistance gene and ColEl origin permit selection and maintenance of the plasmid in E. coli.
  • Figure 18 shows that 101P3A11 was expressed using the pSR ⁇ retroviral vector in the cell line 300.19.
  • the retroviral vectors can thereafter be used for infection and generation of various cell lines using, for example, PC3, NIH 3T3, TsuPrl, 293 or rat-1 cells.
  • Additional pSR ⁇ constructs are made that fuse an epitope tag such as the FLAGTM tag to the carboxyl- terminus of 101P3A11 sequences to allow detection using anti-Flag antibodies.
  • the FLAGTM sequence 5' gat tac aag gat gac gac gat aag 3' is added to cloning primer at the 3' end of the ORF.
  • Additional pSR ⁇ constructs are made to produce both amino-terminal and carboxyl-terminal GFP and myc/6X His fusion proteins of the full-length 101P3A11 proteins.
  • Additional Viral Vectors Additional constructs are made for viral-mediated delivery and expression of 101P3A11. High virus titer leading to high level expression of 101P3A11 is achieved in viral delivery systems such as adenoviral vectors and herpes amplicon vectors.
  • the 101P3A1 1 coding sequences or fragments thereof are amplified by PCR and subcloned into the AdEasy shuttle vector (Stratagene). Recombination and virus packaging are performed according to the manufacturer's instructions to generate adenoviral vectors.
  • 101P3A11 coding sequences or fragments thereof are cloned into the HSV-1 vector (Imgenex) to generate herpes viral vectors.
  • the viral vectors are thereafter used for infection of various cell lines such as SCaBER, NIH 3T3, 293 or rat-1 cells.
  • Regulated Expression Systems To control expression of 101P3A11 in mammalian cells, coding sequences of 101P3A11, or portions thereof, are cloned into regulated mammalian expression systems such as the T-Rex System (Invitrogen), the GeneSwitch System (Invitrogen) and the tightly-regulated Ecdysone System (Sratagene). These systems allow the study of the temporal and concentration dependent effects of recombinant 101P3A11. These vectors are thereafter used to control expression of 101P3A11 in various cell lines such as SCaBER, NIH 3T3, 293 or rat-1 cells.
  • T-Rex System Invitrogen
  • GeneSwitch System Invitrogen
  • Sratagene Ecdysone System
  • 101P3A11 ORF To generate recombinant 101P3A11 proteins in a baculovirus expression system, 101P3A11 ORF, or portions thereof, are cloned into the baculovirus transfer vector pBlueBac 4.5 (Invitrogen), which provides a His- tag at the N-terminus.
  • pBlueBac-101P3Al 1 is co-transfected with helper plasmid pBac-N-Blue (Invitrogen) into SF9 (Spodoptera frugiperd ⁇ ) insect cells to generate recombinant baculovirus (see Invitrogen instruction manual for details). Baculovirus is then collected from cell supernatant and purified by plaque assay.
  • Recombinant 101P3A11 protein is then generated by infection of HighFive insect cells (Invitrogen) with purified baculovirus.
  • Recombinant 101P3A11 protein can be detected using anti-101P3Al 1 or anti-His-tag antibody.
  • 101P3A11 protein can be purified and used in various cell-based assays or as immunogen to generate polyclonal and monoclonal antibodies specific for 101P3A11.
  • Example 5 Production of Recombinant 101P3A11 in Higher Eukaryotic Systems A. Mammalian Constructs:
  • 101P3A11 in eukaryotic cells, full or partial length 101P3A11 cDNA sequences can be cloned into any one of a variety of expression vectors known in the art.
  • One or more of the following regions of 101P3A11 are expressed in these constructs, amino acids 1 to 317 or 318; or any 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 26, 27, 28, 29, 30 or more contiguous amino acids from 101P3A11, variants, or analogs thereof.
  • the constructs can be transfected into any one of a wide variety of mammalian cells such as 293T cells.
  • Transfected 293T cell lysates can be probed with the anti-101P3Al 1 polyclonal serum, described herein.
  • pcDNA4/HisMax Constructs To express 101P3A11 in mammalian cells, the 101P3A11 ORF was cloned into pcDNA4/HisMax Version A (Invitrogen, Carlsbad, CA). Protein expression is driven from the cytomegalovirus (CMV) promoter and the SP16 translational enhancer. The recombinant protein has XpressTM and six histidine (6X His) epitopes fused to the amino-terminus.
  • CMV cytomegalovirus
  • 6X His six histidine
  • the pcDNA4/HisMax vector also contains the bovine growth hormone (BGH) polyadenylation signal and transcription termination sequence to enhance mRNA stability along with the SV40 origin for episomal replication and simple vector rescue in cell lines expressing the large T antigen.
  • BGH bovine growth hormone
  • the Zeocin resistance gene allows for selection of mammalian cells expressing the protein and the ampicillin resistance gene and ColEl origin permits selection and maintenance of the plasmid in E. coli.
  • pcDNA3.1/MvcHis Constructs To express 101P3A11 in mammalian cells, the 101P3A11 ORF, with a consensus Kozak translation initiation site, was cloned into pcDNA3.1/MycHis Version A (Invitrogen, Carlsbad, CA).
  • Protein expression is driven from the cytomegalovirus (CMV) promoter.
  • CMV cytomegalovirus
  • the recombinant proteins have the myc epitope and 6X His epitope fused to the carboxyl-terminus.
  • the pcDNA3.1/MycHis vector also contains the bovine growth hormone (BGH) polyadenylation signal and transcription termination sequence to enhance mRNA stability, along with the SV40 origin for episomal replication and simple vector rescue in cell lines expressing the large T antigen.
  • BGH bovine growth hormone
  • the Neomycin resistance gene can be used, as it allows for selection of mammalian cells expressing the protein and the ampicillin resistance gene and ColEl origin permits selection and maintenance of the plasmid in E. coli.
  • PCDNA3.1/CT-GFP-TOPO Construct To express 101P3A11 in mammalian cells and to allow detection of the recombinant proteins using fluorescence, the 101P3A11 ORF, with a consensus Kozak translation initiation site, was cloned into pcDNA3.1/CT-GFP-TOPO (Invitrogen, CA). Protein expression is driven from the cytomegalovirus (CMV) promoter. The recombinant proteins have the Green Fluorescent Protein (GFP) fused to the carboxyl-terminus facilitating non-invasive, in vivo detection and cell biology studies.
  • CMV cytomegalovirus
  • GFP Green Fluorescent Protein
  • the pcDNA3.1CT- GFP-TOPO vector also contains the bovine growth hormone (BGH) polyadenylation signal and transcription termination sequence to enhance mRNA stability along with the SV40 origin for episomal replication and simple vector rescue in cell lines expressing the large T antigen.
  • BGH bovine growth hormone
  • the Neomycin resistance gene allows for selection of mammalian cells that express the protein, and the ampicillin resistance gene and ColEl origin permits selection and maintenance of the plasmid in E. coli. Additional constructs with an amino-terminal GFP fusion are made in pcDNA3.1/NT-GFP-TOPO spanning the entire length of the 101P3A1 1 proteins.
  • PAPtag The 101P3A11 ORF, or portions thereof, of 101P3A1 1 are cloned into pAPtag-5 (GenHunter Corp. Nashville, TN). This construct generates an alkaline phosphatase fusion at the carboxyl-terminus of the 101P3A11 proteins while fusing the IgG ⁇ signal sequence to the amino-terminus. Constructs are also generated in which alkaline phosphatase with an amino-terminal IgG signal sequence is fused to the amino-terminus of 101P3A11 proteins.
  • the resulting recombinant 101P3A11 proteins are optimized for secretion into the media of transfected mammalian cells and can be used to identify proteins such as ligands or receptors that interact with the 101P3A11 proteins.
  • Protein expression is driven from the CMV promoter and the recombinant proteins also contain myc and 6X His epitopes fused at the carboxyl-terminus that facilitates detection and purification.
  • the Zeocin resistance gene present in the vector allows for selection of mammalian cells expressing the recombinant protein and the ampicillin resistance gene permits selection of the plasmid in E. coli.
  • Ptag5 The 101P3A11 ORF, or portions thereof, of 101P3A11 are cloned into pTag-5. This vector is similar to pAPtag but without the alkaline phosphatase fusion. This construct generated 101P3A11 protein with an amino-terminal IgG ⁇ signal sequence and myc and 6X His epitope tags at the carboxyl-terminus that facilitate detection and affinity purification. The resulting recombinant 101P3A11 protein was optimized for secretion into the media of transfected mammalian cells, and was used as immunogen or ligand to identify proteins such as ligands or receptors that interact with the 101P3A11 proteins. Protein expression is driven from the CMV promoter. The Zeocin resistance gene present in the vector allows for selection of mammalian cells expressing the protein, and the ampicillin resistance gene permits selection of the plasmid in E. coli.
  • PsecFc The 101P3A11 ORF, or portions thereof, of 101P3A11 are also cloned into psecFc.
  • the psecFc vector was assembled by cloning the human immunoglobulin GI (IgG) Fc (hinge, CH2, CH3 regions) into pSecTag2 (Invitrogen, California). This construct generates an IgGl Fc fusion at the carboxyl-terminus of the 101P3A11 proteins, while fusing the IgG signal sequence to N-terminus.
  • IgG human immunoglobulin GI
  • 101P3A11 fusions utilizing the murine IgGl Fc region are also used.
  • the resulting recombinant 101P3A11 proteins are optimized for secretion into the media of transfected mammalian cells, and can be used as immunogens or to identify proteins such as ligands or receptors that interact with the 101P3A11 protein. Protein expression is driven from the CMV promoter.
  • the hygromycin resistance gene present in the vector allows for selection of mammalian cells that express the recombinant protein, and the ampicillin resistance gene permits selection of the plasmid in E. coli.
  • the amino acid region 159-202 of the 101P3A11 ORF was cloned into psecFc.
  • the resulting recombinant 101P3A1 l(159-202)-psecFc construct was transfected into 293T and Cos-7 cells, and the expression of recombinant 101P3A1 l(159-202)-psecFc protein assayed by Western blotting ( Figure 17). Results show that 101P3A1 l(159-202)-psecFc fusion protein was expressed in the lysates of both 293T and Cos-7 cells.
  • the 101P3A1 l(159-202)-psecFc fusion protein was also secreted and detected in the culture supernatants of both cell types.
  • pSR ⁇ Constructs To generate mammalian cell lines that express 101P3A1 1, constitutively, the ORF of 101P3A11 was cloned into pSR ⁇ constructs. Amphotropic and ecotropic retroviruses were generated by transfection of pSR ⁇ constructs into the 293T-10A1 packaging line or co-transfection of pSR ⁇ and a helper plasmid (containing deleted packaging sequences) into the 293 cells, respectively. The retrovirus was used to infect a variety of mammalian cell lines, resulting in the integration of the cloned gene, 101P3A11, into the host cell lines. Protein expression is driven from a long terminal repeat (LTR).
  • LTR long terminal repeat
  • Neomycin resistance gene present in the vector allows for selection of mammalian cells that express the protein, and the ampicillin resistance gene and ColEl origin permit selection and maintenance of the plasmid in E. coli.
  • Figure 18 shows that 101P3A11 was expressed using the pSR ⁇ retroviral vector in the cell line 300.19.
  • the retroviral vectors can thereafter be used for infection and generation of various cell lines using, for example, PC3, NIH 3T3, TsuPrl, 293 or rat-1 cells.
  • Additional pSR ⁇ constructs are made that fuse an epitope tag such as the FLAGTM tag to the carboxyl- terminus of 101P3A11 sequences to allow detection using anti-Flag antibodies.
  • the FLAGTM sequence 5' gat tac aag gat gac gac gat aag 3' is added to cloning primer at the 3' end of the ORF.
  • Additional pSR ⁇ constructs are made to produce both amino-terminal and carboxyl-terminal GFP and myc/6X His fusion proteins of the full-length 101P3A11 proteins.
  • Additional Viral Vectors Additional constructs are made for viral-mediated delivery and expression of 101P3A11. High virus titer leading to high level expression of 101P3A11 is achieved in viral delivery systems such as adenoviral vectors and herpes amplicon vectors.
  • the 101P3A11 coding sequences or fragments thereof are amplified by PCR and subcloned into the AdEasy shuttle vector (Stratagene). Recombination and vims packaging are performed according to the manufacturer's instructions to generate adenoviral vectors.
  • 101P3A11 coding sequences or fragments thereof are cloned into the HSV-1 vector (Imgenex) to generate herpes viral vectors.
  • the viral vectors are thereafter used for infection of various cell lines such as SCaBER, NIH 3T3, 293 or rat-1 cells.
  • Regulated Expression Systems To control expression of 101P3A11 in mammalian cells, coding sequences of 101P3A11, or portions thereof, are cloned into regulated mammalian expression systems such as the T-Rex System (Invitrogen), the GeneSwitch System (Invitrogen) and the tightly-regulated Ecdysone System (Sratagene). These systems allow the study of the temporal and concentration dependent effects of recombinant 101P3A11. These vectors are thereafter used to control expression of 101P3A11 in various cell lines such as SCaBER, NIH 3T3, 293 or rat-1 cells.
  • T-Rex System Invitrogen
  • GeneSwitch System Invitrogen
  • Sratagene Ecdysone System
  • 101P3A11 ORF To generate recombinant 101P3A11 proteins in a baculovirus expression system, 101P3A11 ORF, or portions thereof, are cloned into the baculovirus transfer vector pBlueBac 4.5 (Invitrogen), which provides a His- tag at the N-terminus.
  • pBlueBac-101P3Al 1 is co-tiansfected with helper plasmid pBac-N-Blue (Invitrogen) into SF9 (Spodoptera frugiperda) insect cells to generate recombinant baculovirus (see Invitrogen instruction manual for details). Baculovirus is then collected from cell supernatant and purified by plaque assay.
  • Recombinant 101P3A11 protein is then generated by infection of HighFive insect cells (Invitrogen) with purified baculovirus.
  • Recombinant 101P3A11 protein can be detected using anti-101P3Al 1 or anti-His-tag antibody.
  • 101P3A11 protein can be purified and used in various cell-based assays or as immunogen to generate polyclonal and monoclonal antibodies specific for 101P3A11.
  • Figure 5 Figure 6, Figure 7, Figure 8, and Figure 9 depict graphically five amino acid profiles of the 101P3A11 amino acid sequence, each assessment available by accessing the ProtScale website (URL www.expasy.ch/cgi-bin/protscale.pl) on the ExPasy molecular biology server.
  • 101P3A11 were generated using the following ProtScale parameters for analysis: 1) A window size of 9; 2) 100% weight of the window edges compared to the window center; and, 3) amino acid profile values normalized to lie between 0 and 1.
  • Hydrophilicity (Figure 5), Hydropathicity ( Figure 6) and Percentage Accessible Residues ( Figure 7) profiles were used to determine stretches of hydrophilic amino acids (i.e., values greater than 0.5 on the Hydrophilicity and Percentage Accessible Residues profile, and values less than 0.5 on the Hydropathicity profile). Such regions are likely to be exposed to the aqueous environment, be present on the surface of the protein, and thus are available for immune recognition, such as by antibodies.
  • Average Flexibility ( Figure 8) and Beta-turn ( Figure 9) profiles determine stretches of amino acids (i.e., values greater than 0.5 on the Beta-turn profile and the Average Flexibility profile) that are not constrained in secondary structures such as beta sheets and alpha helices. Such regions are also more likely to be exposed portions of the protein and thus are accessible to immune recognition, such as by antibodies.
  • Antigenic sequences of the 101P3A11 protein indicated, e.g., by the profiles set forth in Figure 5, Figure 6, Figure 7, Figure 8, and/or Figure 9 are used to prepare immunogens, either peptides or nucleic acids that encode them, to generate anti-101 3Al 1 antibodies.
  • the immunogen can be any 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 1 1 , 12, 1 , 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 30, 35, 40, 45, 50 or more than 50 contiguous amino acids, or the corresponding nucleic acids that encode them, from the 101P3A1 1 protein.
  • All immunogens of the invention, peptide or nucleic acid can be embodied in human unit dose form, or comprised by a composition that includes a pharmaceutical excipient compatible with human physiology.
  • the analysis indicates that 101P3A11 is composed 47.95% alpha helix, 21.45% extended strand, and 30.60% random coil (Figure 19A).
  • Polyclonal antibodies can be raised in a mammal, for example, by one or more injections of an immunizing agent and, if desired, an adjuvant.
  • the immunizing agent and/or adjuvant will be injected in the mammal by multiple subcutaneous or intraperitoneal injections.
  • computer algorithms are employed in design of immunogens that, based on amino acid sequence analysis are antigenic and available for recognition by the immune system of the immunized host (see the Example entitled "Antigenicity Profiles and Secondary Structure").
  • Such regions would generally be hydrophilic, flexible, in beta-turn conformations, and/or exposed on the surface of the protein (see, e.g., Figure 5, Figure 6, Figure 7, Figure 8, or Figure 9 for amino acid profiles that indicate such regions of 101 P3 ⁇ 1 1).
  • 101P3A11 recombinant bacterial fusion proteins or peptides containing hydrophilic, flexible, beta-turn regions of the 101P3A1 1 amino acid sequence such as amino acids 1-23, plus or minus 1-10 amino acids at available termini, and amino acids 159-202, plus or minus 1-10 amino acids at available termini, are used as antigens to generate polyclonal antibodies in New Zealand White rabbits. It is useful to conjugate the immunizing agent to a protein known to be immunogenic in the mammal being immunized. Examples of such immunogenic proteins include, but are not limited to, keyhole limpet hemocyanin (KLH), serum albumin, bovine thyroglobulin, and soybean trypsin inhibitor.
  • KLH keyhole limpet hemocyanin
  • serum albumin serum albumin
  • bovine thyroglobulin bovine thyroglobulin
  • soybean trypsin inhibitor soybean trypsin inhibitor.
  • a peptide encoding amino acids 1-23 of 101P3A11 is conjugated to KLH and used to immunize the rabbit.
  • the immunizing agent may include all or portions of the 101P3A11 protein, analogs or fusion proteins thereof.
  • the 101P3A11 amino acid sequence can be fused using recombinant DNA techniques to any one of a variety of fusion protein partners that are well known in the art, such as glutathione-S-transferase (GST) and HIS tagged fusion proteins.
  • GST glutathione-S-transferase
  • HIS HIS tagged fusion proteins
  • a GST-fusion protein encoding amino acids 86-317, plus or minus 1-10 amino acids at available termini is produced and purified and used as immunogen.
  • Other recombinant bacterial fusion proteins that may be employed include maltose binding protein, LacZ, thioredoxin, NusA, or an immunoglobulin constant region (see the section entitled "Production of 101P3A11 in Prokaryotic Systems” and Current Protocols In Molecular Biology, Volume 2, Unit 16, Frederick M. Ausubul et al. eds., 1995; Linsley, P.S., Brady, W., Urnes, M., Grosmaire, L., Damle, N., and Ledbetter, L.(1991) J.Exp. Med. 174, 561-566).
  • mammalian expressed protein antigens are also used. These antigens are expressed from mammalian expression vectors such as the Tag5 and Fc-fiision vectors (see the section entitled "Production of Recombinant 101P3A11 in Eukaryotic Systems"), and retain post-translational modifications such as glycosylations found in native protein.
  • amino acids 159-202 is cloned into the Tag5 mammalian secretion vector.
  • the recombinant protein is purified by metal chelate chromatography from tissue culture supernatants of 293T cells stably expressing the recombinant vector.
  • the purified Tag5 101P3A11 protein is then used as immunogen.
  • adjuvants include, but are not limited to, complete Freund's adjuvant (CFA) and MPL-TDM adjuvant (monophosphoryl Lipid A, synthetic trehalose dicorynomycolate).
  • CFA complete Freund's adjuvant
  • MPL-TDM adjuvant monophosphoryl Lipid A, synthetic trehalose dicorynomycolate.
  • rabbits are initially immunized subcutaneously with up to 200 ⁇ g, typically 100-200 ⁇ g, of fusion protein or peptide conjugated to KLH mixed in complete Freund's adjuvant (CFA).
  • Rabbits are then injected subcutaneously every two weeks with up to 200 ⁇ g, typically 100-200 ⁇ g, of the immunogen in incomplete Freund's adjuvant (IFA). Test bleeds are taken approximately 7-10 days following each immunization and used to monitor the titer of the antiserum by ELISA.
  • IFA incomplete Freund's adjuvant
  • the full-length 101P3A1 1 cDNA is cloned into pCDNA 3.1 myc-his expression vector (Invitrogen, see the Example entitled "Production of Recombinant 101P3A11 in Eukaryotic Systems").
  • cell lysates are probed with the anti- 101P3A11 serum and with anti-His antibody (Santa Cruz Biotechnologies, Santa Cruz, CA) to determine specific reactivity to denatured 101P3A11 protein using the Western blot technique.
  • Immunoprecipitation and flow cytometric analyses of 293T and other recombinant 101P3A1 1-expressing cells determine recognition of native protein by the antiserum.
  • Western blot, immunoprecipitation, fluorescent microscopy, and flow cytometric techniques using cells that endogenously express 101P3A11 are carried out to test specificity.
  • the anti-serum from the Tag5 101P3A11 immunized rabbit is affinity purified by passage over a column composed of the Tag5 antigen covalently coupled to Affigel matrix (BioRad, Hercules, Calif).
  • the serum is then further purified by protein G affinity chromatography to isolate the IgG fraction.
  • Serum from rabbits immunized with fusion proteins, such as GST and MBP fusion proteins, are purified by depletion of antibodies reactive to the fusion partner sequence by passage over an affinity column containing the fusion partner either alone or in the context of an irrelevant fusion protein.
  • Sera from other His-tagged antigens and peptide immunized rabbits as well as fusion partner depleted sera are affinity purified by passage over a column matrix composed of the original protein immunogen or free peptide.
  • therapeutic mAbs to 101P3A11 comprise those that react with epitopes of the protein that would disrupt or modulate the biological function of 101P3A11, for example those that would disrupt its interaction with ligands or proteins that mediate or are involved in its biological activity.
  • Therapeutic mAbs also comprise those that specifically bind epitopes of 101P3A11 exposed on the cell surface and thus are useful in targeting mAb-toxin conjugates.
  • Monoclonal antibodies may also be raised to other antigenic epitopes of 101P3A11 including amino acid sequences predicted to be in intracellular regions. These monoclonal antibodies are useful as intrabodies if they disrupt the signaling mechanisms of 101P3A1 1, such as the interaction with heterotrimeric G proteins. .
  • Immunogens for generation of such mAbs include those designed to encode or contain the entire 101P3A11 protein or regions of the 101P3A11 protein predicted to be exposed to the extracellular environment or hydrophilic cytoplasmic environment , and/antigenic from computer analysis of the amino acid sequence (see, e.g., Figure 5, Figure 6, Figure 7, Figure 8, or Figure 9, and the Example entitled "Antigenicity Profiles and Secondary Structure”).
  • Immunogens include peptides, recombinant bacterial proteins, and mammalian expressed Tag 5 proteins and human and murine IgG FC fusion proteins.
  • mice are first immunized intraperitoneally (IP) with, typically, 10-50 ⁇ g of protein immunogen or 10 7 101P3A11-expressing cells mixed in complete Freund's adjuvant. Alternatively, mice are immunized intradermally. Mice are then subsequently immunized IP every 2-4 weeks with, typically, 10-50 ⁇ g of protein immunogen or 10 7 cells mixed in incomplete Freund's adjuvant. Alternatively, MPL-TDM adjuvant is used in immunizations.
  • IP intraperitoneally
  • 10 typically, 10-50 ⁇ g of protein immunogen or 10 7 101P3A11-expressing cells mixed in complete Freund's adjuvant.
  • mice are immunized intradermally. Mice are then subsequently immunized IP every 2-4 weeks with, typically, 10-50 ⁇ g of protein immunogen or 10 7 cells mixed in incomplete Freund's adjuvant.
  • MPL-TDM adjuvant is used in immunizations.
  • a DNA-based immunization protocol is employed in which a mammalian expression vector encoding 101P3A11 sequence is used to immunize mice by direct injection of the plasmid DNA.
  • a mammalian expression vector encoding 101P3A11 sequence is used to immunize mice by direct injection of the plasmid DNA.
  • the predicted first extracellular loop, amino acids 82-104, or second extracellular loop of 101P3A11, amino acids 159-202, or the third extracellular loop, amino acids 258 - 275 (in each instance plus or minus 10 amino acids) is cloned into the Tag5 mammalian secretion vector and the recombinant vector is used as immunogen.
  • the same amino acids are cloned into an Fc-fusion secretion vector in which the 101P3A11 sequence is fused at the amino-terminus to an IgK leader sequence and at the carboxyl-terminus to the coding sequence of the human IgG Fc region.
  • This recombinant vector is then used as immunogen.
  • Amino acid sequences from intracellular regions may also be used as antigens using similar strategies. These regions include amino acids 50-63, amino acids 121- 146, amino acids 261-275, and amino acids 295-318 (in each instance plus or minus 10 amino acids, except for the C-terminus residue).
  • the plasmid immunization protocols are used in combination with purified proteins expressed from the same vector and with cells expressing 101P3A11.
  • test bleeds are taken 7-10 days following an injection to monitor titer and specificity of the immune response. Once appropriate reactivity and specificity is obtained as determined by ELISA, Western blotting, immunoprecipitation, fluorescence microscopy, and flow cytometric analyses, fusion and hybridoma generation is then carried out with established procedures well known in the art (see, e.g., Harlow and Lane, 1988).
  • a Tag5-101P3A11 antigen encoding amino acids 159-202 is expressed and purified from stably transfected 293T cells.
  • Balb C mice are initially immunized intraperitoneally with 25 ⁇ g of the Tag5-101P3A11 protein mixed in complete Freund's adjuvant. Mice are subsequently immunized every two weeks with 25 ⁇ g of the antigen mixed in incomplete Freund's adjuvant for a total of three immunizations.
  • ELISA using the Tag5 antigen determines the titer of serum from immunized mice.
  • Reactivity and specificity of serum to full length 101P3A11 protein is monitored by Western blotting, immunoprecipitation and flow cytometry using 293T cells transfected with an expression vector encoding the 101P3A11 cDNA (see e.g., the Example entitled "Production of Recombinant 101P3A11 in Eukaryotic Systems").
  • Other recombinant 101P3A11-expressing cells or cells endogenously expressing 101P3A11 are also used.
  • Mice showing the strongest reactivity are rested and given a final injection of Tag5 antigen in PBS and then sacrificed four days later. The spleens of the sacrificed mice are harvested and fused to SPO/2 myeloma cells using standard procedures (Harlow and Lane, 1988).
  • Supernatants from HAT selected growth wells are screened by ELISA, Western blot, immunoprecipitation, fluorescent microscopy, and flow cytometry to identify 101P3A11 specific antibody-producing clones.
  • the binding affinity of a 101P3A11 monoclonal antibody is determined using standard technologies. Affinity measurements quantify the strength of antibody to epitope binding and are used to help define which 101P3A11 monoclonal antibodies preferred, e.g., for diagnostic or therapeutic use, as appreciated by one of skill in the art.
  • the BIAcore system (Uppsala, Sweden) is a preferred method for determining binding affinity.
  • the BIAcore system uses surface plasmon resonance (SPR, Welford K. 1991, Opt. Quant. Elect. 23:1 ; Morton and Myszka, 1998, Methods in Enzymology 295: 268) to monitor biomolecular interactions in real time. BIAcore analysis conveniently generates association rate constants, dissociation rate constants, equilibrium dissociation constants, and affinity constants.
  • HLA class I and class II binding assays using purified HLA molecules are performed in accordance with disclosed protocols (e.g., PCT publications WO 94/20127 and WO 94/03205; Sidney et al, Current Protocols in Immunology 18.3.1 (1998); Sidney, et al, J. Immunol. 154:247 (1995); Sette, et al, Mol Immunol 31:813 (1994)).
  • purified MHC molecules (5 to 500 nM) are incubated with various unlabeled peptide inhibitors and 1-10 nM 125 I-radiolabeled probe peptides as described.
  • MHC-peptide complexes are separated from free peptide by gel filtration and the fraction of peptide bound is determined.
  • each MHC preparation is titered in the presence of fixed amounts of radiolabeled peptides to determine the concentration of HLA molecules necessary to bind 10-20% of the total radioactivity. All subsequent inhibition and direct binding assays are performed using these HLA concentrations.
  • Binding assays as outlined above may be used to analyze HLA supermotif and/or HLA motif-bearing peptides (see Table IV).
  • HLA vaccine compositions of the invention can include multiple epitopes.
  • the multiple epitopes can comprise multiple HLA supermotifs or motifs to achieve broad population coverage. This example illustrates the identification and confirmation of supermotif- and motif-bearing epitopes for the inclusion in such a vaccine composition. Calculation of population coverage is performed using the strategy described below.
  • Identified A2-, A3-, and DR-supermotif sequences are scored using polynomial algorithms to predict their capacity to bind to specific HLA-Class I or Class II molecules. These polynomial algorithms account for the impact of different amino acids at different positions, and are essentially based on the premise that the overall affinity (or ⁇ G) of peptide-HLA molecule interactions can be approximated as a linear polynomial function of the type:
  • ⁇ G a ⁇ , x a 2 , x a 3 , x arada, where a,,- is a coefficient which represents the effect of the presence of a given amino acid (/') at a given position ( along the sequence of a peptide of n amino acids.
  • a,,- is a coefficient which represents the effect of the presence of a given amino acid (/') at a given position ( along the sequence of a peptide of n amino acids.
  • residue y occurs at position / in the peptide, it is assumed to contribute a constant amount _ ,- to the free energy of binding of the peptide irrespective of the sequence of the rest of the peptide.
  • the ARB values corresponding to the sequence of the peptide are multiplied. If this product exceeds a chosen threshold, the peptide is predicted to bind. Appropriate thresholds are chosen as a function of the degree of stringency of prediction desired.
  • Protein sequences from 101P3A11 are scanned utilizing motif identification software, to identify 8-, 9- 10- and 11-mer sequences containing the HLA-A2-su ⁇ ermotif main anchor specificity. Typically, these sequences are then scored using the protocol described above and the peptides corresponding to the positive- scoring sequences are synthesized and tested for their capacity to bind purified HLA-A*0201 molecules in vitro (HLA-A*0201 is considered a prototype A2 supertype molecule).
  • A2-supertype molecules A*0202, A*0203, A*0206, and A*6802.
  • Peptides that bind to at least three of the five A2-supertype alleles tested are typically deemed A2-supertype cross-reactive binders.
  • Preferred peptides bind at an affinity equal to or less than 500 nM to three or more HLA-A2 supertype molecules.
  • the 101P3A11 protein sequence(s) scanned above is also examined for the presence of peptides with the HLA-A3-supermotif primary anchors. Peptides corresponding to the HLA A3 supermotif-bearing sequences are then synthesized and tested for binding to HLA-A*0301 and HLA-A*1101 molecules, the molecules encoded by the two most prevalent A3-supertype alleles.
  • the peptides that bind at least one of the two alleles with binding affinities of ⁇ 500 nM, often ⁇ 200 nM, are then tested for binding cross-reactivity to the other common A3- supertype alleles (e.g., A*3101, A*3301, and A*6801) to identify those that can bind at least three of the five HLA- A3 -supertype molecules tested. Selection of HLA-B7 supermotif bearing epitopes
  • the 101P3A11 protein(s) scanned above is also analyzed for the presence of 8-, 9- 10-, or 11-mer peptides with the HLA-B7-supermotif.
  • Corresponding peptides are synthesized and tested for binding to HLA- B*0702, the molecule encoded by the most common B7-supertype allele (i.e., the prototype B7 supertype allele).
  • Peptides binding B*0702 with IC 50 of ⁇ 500 nM are identified using standard methods. These peptides are then tested for binding to other common B7-supertype molecules (e.g., B*3501, B*5101, B*5301, and B*5401). Peptides capable of binding to three or more of the five B7-supertype alleles tested are thereby identified.
  • HLA-A1 and -A24 epitopes can also be incorporated into vaccine compositions.
  • An analysis of the 101P3A11 protein can also be performed to identify HLA-A1- and A24-motif-containing sequences.
  • Cross-reactive candidate CTL A2 -supermotif-bearing peptides that are identified as described herein are selected to confirm in vitro immunogenicity. Confirmation is performed using the following methodology:
  • the .221A2.1 cell line produced by transferring the HLA-A2.1 gene into the HLA-A, -B, -C null mutant human B-lymphoblastoid cell line 721.221, is used as the peptide-loaded target to measure activity of HLA-A2.1- restricted CTL.
  • This cell line is grown in RPMI-1640 medium supplemented with antibiotics, sodium pyruvate, nonessential amino acids and 10% (v/v) heat inactivated FCS.
  • Cells that express an antigen of interest, or transfectants comprising the gene encoding the antigen of interest can be used as target cells to confirm the ability of peptide-specific CTLs to recognize endogenous antigen.
  • DC Dendritic Cells
  • the wells are washed a total of three times with 3 ml RPMI to remove most of the non-adherent and loosely adherent cells.
  • Three ml of complete medium containing 50 ng/ml of GM-CSF and 1,000 U/ml of IL-4 are then added to each well.
  • TNF ⁇ is added to the DCs on day 6 at 75 ng/ml and the cells are used for CTL induction cultures on day 7.
  • CD8+ T-cells are isolated by positive selection with Dynal immunomagnetic beads (Dynabeads® M-450) and the detacha-bead® reagent. Typically about 200-250x10 6
  • PBMC are processed to obtain 24x10 6 CD8 + T-cells (enough for a 48-well plate culture). Briefly, the PBMCs are thawed in RPMI with 30 ⁇ g/ml DNAse, washed once with PBS containing 1% human AB serum and resuspended in PBS/1% AB serum at a concentration of 20xl0 6 cells/ml. The magnetic beads are washed 3 times with PBS/AB serum, added to the cells (140 ⁇ l beads/20xl0 6 cells) and incubated for 1 hour at 4°C with continuous mixing.
  • the beads and cells are washed 4x with PBS/AB serum to remove the nonadherent cells and resuspended at lOOxlO 6 cells/ml (based on the original cell number) in PBS/AB serum containing lOO ⁇ l/ml detacha-bead® reagent and 30 ⁇ g/ml DNAse.
  • the mixture is incubated for 1 hour at room temperature with continuous mixing.
  • the beads are washed again with PBS/AB/DNAse to collect the CD8+ T-cells.
  • the DC are collected and centrifuged at 1300 rpm for 5-7 minutes, washed once with PBS with 1% BSA, counted and pulsed with 40 ⁇ g/ml of peptide at a cell concentration of l-2xl0 6 /ml in the presence of 3 ⁇ g/ml ⁇ 2 - microglobulin for 4 hours at 20°C
  • the DC are then irradiated (4,200 rads), washed 1 time with medium and counted again.
  • cytokine-generated DC at lxlO 5 cells/ml
  • CD8+ T-cells at 2xl0 6 cell ml
  • Recombinant human IL-10 is added the next day at a final concentration of 10 ng/ml and rhuman IL-2 is added 48 hours later at 10 IU/ml.
  • PBMCs are thawed and washed twice with RPMI and DNAse. The cells are resuspended at 5x10 f> cells/ml and irradiated at ⁇ 4200 rads. The PBMCs are plated at 2xl0 6 in 0.5 ml complete medium per well and incubated for 2 hours at 37°C.
  • the plates are washed twice with RPMI by tapping the plate gently to remove the nonadherent cells and the adherent cells pulsed with lO ⁇ g/ml of peptide in the presence of 3 ⁇ g/ml ⁇ 2 microglobulin in 0.25ml RPMI/5%AB per well for 2 hours at 37°C.
  • Peptide solution from each well is aspirated and the wells are washed once with RPMI. Most of the media is aspirated from the induction cultures (CD8+ cells) and brought to 0.5 ml with fresh media. The cells are then transferred to the wells containing the peptide-pulsed adherent cells.
  • recombinant human IL-10 is added at a final concentration of 10 ng/ml and recombinant human IL2 is added the next day and again 2-3 days later at 50IU/ml (Tsai et al, Critical Reviews in Immunology 18(l-2):65-75, 1998). Seven days later, the cultures are assayed for CTL activity in a 51 Cr release assay. In some experiments the cultures are assayed for peptide-specific recognition in the in situ IFN7 ELISA at the time of the second restimulation followed by assay of endogenous recognition 7 days later. After expansion, activity is measured in both assays for a side-by-side comparison.
  • cytotoxicity is determined in a standard (5 hr) 5l Cr release assay by assaying individual wells at a single E:T.
  • Peptide-pulsed targets are prepared by incubating the cells with lO ⁇ g/ml peptide overnight at 37°C.
  • Adherent target cells are removed from culture flasks with trypsin-EDTA.
  • Target cells are labeled with 200 ⁇ Ci of 51 Cr sodium chromate (Dupont, Wilmington, DE) for 1 hour at 37°C.
  • Labeled target cells are resuspended at 10 6 per ml and diluted 1 :10 with K562 cells at a concentration of 3.3x10 6 /ml (an NK-sensitive erythroblastoma cell line used to reduce non-specific lysis).
  • Target cells (100 ⁇ l) and effectors (lOO ⁇ l) are plated in 96 well round-bottom plates and incubated for 5 hours at 37°C. At that time, 100 ⁇ l of supernatant are collected from each well and percent lysis is determined according to the formula:
  • Immulon 2 plates are coated with mouse anti-human IFNy. monoclonal antibody (4 ⁇ g/ml 0.1M NaHC0 3 , ⁇ H8.2) overnight at 4°C The plates are washed with Ca 2+ , Mg 2+ -free PBS/0.05% Tween 20 and blocked with PBS/10%) FCS for two hours, after which the CTLs (100 ⁇ l/well) and targets (100 ⁇ l/well) are added to each well, leaving empty wells for the standards and blanks (which received media only). The target cells, either peptide- pulsed or endogenous targets, are used at a concentration of lxl 0 6 cells/ml. The plates are incubated for 48 hours at 37°C with 5% C0 2 .
  • Recombinant human IFN-gamma is added to the standard wells starting at 400 pg or 1200pg/100 microliter/well and the plate incubated for two hours at 37°C.
  • the plates are washed and 100 ⁇ l of biotinylated mouse anti-human IFN-gamma monoclonal antibody (2 microgram/ml in PBS/3%FCS/0.05% Tween 20) are added and incubated for 2 hours at room temperature. After washing again, 100 microliter HRP-streptavidin (1:4000) are added and the plates incubated for one hour at room temperamre.
  • TMB 1 100 microliter/well developing solution
  • TMB 1 100 microliter/well developing solution
  • the reaction is stopped with 50 microliter/well IM H 3 P0 and read at OD450.
  • a culture is considered positive if it measured at least 50 pg of IFN -gamma/well above background and is twice the background level of expression.
  • Those cultures that demonstrate specific lytic activity against peptide-pulsed targets and/or tumor targets are expanded over a two week period with anti-CD3.
  • 5xl0 4 CD8+ cells are added to a T25 flask containing the following: lxlO 6 irradiated (4,200 rad) PBMC (autologous or allogeneic) per ml, 2xl0 5 irradiated (8,000 rad) EBV- transformed cells per ml, and OKT3 (anti-CD3) at 30ng per ml in RPMI-1640 containing 10% (v/v) human AB serum, non-essential amino acids, sodium pyruvate, 25 ⁇ M 2-mercaptoethanol, L-glutamine and penicillin/streptomycin.
  • Recombinant human IL2 is added 24 hours later at a final concentration of 200IU/ml and every three days thereafter with fresh media at 50IU/ml.
  • the cells are split if the cell concentration exceeds lxl0 6 /ml and the cultures are assayed between days 13 and 15 at E:T ratios of 30, 10, 3 and 1:1 in the 51 Cr release assay or at lxl0 6 /ml in the in situ IFN ⁇ assay using the same targets as before the expansion.
  • Cultures are expanded in the absence of anti-CD3 + as follows. Those cultures that demonstrate specific lytic activity against peptide and endogenous targets are selected and 5xl0 4 CD8 + cells are added to a T25 flask containing the following: lxlO 6 autologous PBMC per ml which have been peptide-pulsed with 10 ⁇ g/ml peptide for two hours at 37°C and irradiated (4,200 rad); 2xl0 5 irradiated (8,000 rad) EBV-transformed cells per ml RPMI-1640 containing 10%(v/v) human AB seram, non-essential AA, sodium pyruvate, 25mM 2-ME, L- glutamine and gentamicin.
  • A2-supermotif cross-reactive binding peptides are tested in the cellular assay for the ability to induce peptide-specific CTL in normal individuals.
  • a peptide is typically considered to be an epitope if it induces peptide-specific CTLs in at least individuals, and preferably, also recognizes the endogenously expressed peptide.
  • PBMCs isolated from patients bearing a tumor that expresses 101P3A11. Briefly, PBMCs are isolated from patients, re-stimulated with peptide-pulsed monocytes and assayed for the ability to recognize peptide-pulsed target cells as well as transfected cells endogenously expressing the antigen.
  • HLA-A3 supermotif-bearing cross-reactive binding peptides are also evaluated for immunogenicity using methodology analogous for that used to evaluate the immunogenicity of the HLA-A2 supermotif peptides.
  • Example 12 Implementation of the Extended Supermotif to Improve the Binding Capacity of Native Epitopes by Creating Analogs
  • HLA motifs and supermotifs are useful in the identification and preparation of highly cross-reactive native peptides, as demonstrated herein.
  • the definition of HLA motifs and supermotifs also allows one to engineer highly cross-reactive epitopes by identifying residues within a native peptide sequence which can be analoged to confer upon the peptide certain characteristics, e.g. greater cross-reactivity within the group of HLA molecules that comprise a supertype, and/or greater binding affinity for some or all of those HLA molecules. Examples of analoging peptides to exhibit modulated binding affinity are set forth in this example.
  • Peptide engineering strategies are implemented to further increase the cross-reactivity of the epitopes.
  • the main anchors of A2-supermotif-bearing peptides are altered, for example, to introduce a preferred L, I, V, or M at position 2, and I or V at the C-terminus.
  • each engineered analog is initially tested for binding to the prototype A2 supertype allele A*0201, then, if A*0201 binding capacity is maintained, for A2- supertype cross-reactivity.
  • a peptide is confirmed as binding one or all supertype members and then analoged to modulate binding affinity to any one (or more) of the supertype members to add population coverage.
  • the selection of analogs for immunogenicity in a cellular screening analysis is typically further restricted by the capacity of the parent wild type (WT) peptide to bind at least weakly, i.e., bind at an IC 50 of 5000nM or less, to three of more A2 supertype alleles.
  • WT wild type
  • the rationale for this requirement is that the WT peptides must be present endogenously in sufficient quantity to be biologically relevant.
  • Analoged peptides have been shown to have increased immunogenicity and cross-reactivity by T cells specific for the parent epitope (see, e.g., Parkhurst et al, J. Immunol. 157:2539, 1996; and Pogue et al, Proc. Natl Acad. Sci. USA 92:8166, 1995).
  • analog-specific CTLs are also able to recognize the wild-type peptide and, when possible, target cells that endogenously express the epitope.
  • Analoging of HLA-A3 and B7-supermotif-bearing peptides Analogs of HLA-A3 supermotif-bearing epitopes are generated using strategies similar to those employed in analoging HLA-A2 supermotif-bearing peptides. For example, peptides binding to 3/5 of the A3- supertype molecules are engineered at primary anchor residues to possess a preferred residue (V, S, M, or A) at position 2.
  • analog peptides are then tested for the ability to bind ⁇ *03 and A*l 1 (prototype A3 supertype alleles). Those peptides that demonstrate ⁇ 500 nM binding capacity are then confirmed as having A3-supertype cross-reactivity.
  • B7 supermotif-bearing peptides are, for example, engineered to possess a preferred residue (V, I, L, or F) at the C-terminal primary anchor position, as demonstrated by Sidney et al. (J. Immunol. 157:3480-3490, 1996).
  • analog-specific CTLs are also able to recognize the wild-type peptide and, when possible, targets that endogenously express the epitope.
  • HLA supermotifs are of value in engineering highly cross-reactive peptides and/or peptides that bind HLA molecules with increased affinity by identifying particular residues at secondary anchor positions that are associated with such properties. For example, the binding capacity of a B7 supermotif-bearing peptide with an F residue at position 1 is analyzed. The peptide is then analoged to, for example, substitute L for F at position 1. The analoged peptide is evaluated for increased binding affinity, binding half life and/or increased cross-reactivity. Such a procedure identifies analoged peptides with enhanced properties.
  • Engineered analogs with sufficiently improved binding capacity or cross-reactivity can also be tested for immunogenicity in HLA-B7-transgenic mice, following for example, IFA immunization or lipopeptide immunization.
  • Analoged peptides are additionally tested for the ability to stimulate a recall response using PBMC from patients with 101P3A11-expressing tumors.
  • cysteine Another form of peptide analoging, unrelated to anchor positions, involves the substitution of a cysteine with ⁇ -amino butyric acid. Due to its chemical nature, cysteine has the propensity to form disulfide bridges and sufficiently alter the peptide structurally so as to reduce binding capacity. Substitution of ⁇ -amino butyric acid for cysteine not only alleviates this problem, but has been shown to improve binding and crossbinding capabilities in some instances (see, e.g., the review by Sette et al, In: Persistent Viral Infections, Eds. R. Ahmed and I. Chen, John Wiley & Sons, England, 1999).
  • the binding properties and/or cross-reactivity of peptide ligands for HLA supertype molecules can be modulated.
  • Example 13 Identification and confirmation of 101P3All-derived sequences with HLA-DR binding motifs Peptide epitopes bearing an HLA class II supermotif or motif are identified and confirmed as outlined below using methodology similar to that described for HLA Class I peptides.
  • a 101P3A11 antigen is analyzed for the presence of sequences bearing an HLA-DR-motif or supermotif. Specifically, 15-mer sequences are selected comprising a DR-supermotif, comprising a 9-mer core, and tliree-residue N- and C-terminal flanking regions ( 15 amino acids total).
  • Protocols for predicting peptide binding to DR molecules have been developed (Southwood et al, J. Immunol. 160:3363-3373, 1998). These protocols, specific for individual DR molecules, allow the scoring, and ranking, of 9-mer core regions. Each protocol not only scores peptide sequences for the presence of DR- supermotif primary anchors (i.e., at position 1 and position 6) within a 9-mer core, but additionally evaluates sequences for the presence of secondary anchors. Using allele-specific selection tables (see, e.g., Southwood et al, ibid.), it has been found that these protocols efficiently select peptide sequences with a high probability of binding a particular DR molecule. Additionally, it has been found that performing these protocols in tandem, specifically those for DR1, DR4w4, and DR7, can efficiently select DR cross-reactive peptides.
  • the 101P3A11 -derived peptides identified above are tested for their binding capacity for various common HLA-DR molecules. All peptides are initially tested for binding to the DR molecules in the primary panel: DR1, DR4w4, and DR7. Peptides binding at least two of these three DR molecules are then tested for binding to DR2w2 ⁇ l, DR2w2 ⁇ 2, DR6wl9, and DR9 molecules in secondary assays. Finally, peptides binding at least two of the four secondary panel DR molecules, and thus cumulatively at least four of seven different DR molecules, are screened for binding to DR4wl5, DR5wl 1, and DR8w2 molecules in tertiary assays.
  • Peptides binding at least seven of the ten DR molecules comprising the primary, secondary, and tertiary screening assays are considered cross-reactive DR binders.
  • 101P3A11-derived peptides found to bind common HLA-DR alleles are of particular interest.
  • DR3 binding capacity is a relevant criterion in the selection of HTL epitopes.
  • peptides shown to be candidates may also be assayed for their DR3 binding capacity.
  • peptides binding only to DR3 can also be considered as candidates for inclusion in a vaccine formulation.
  • target 101P3A11 antigens are analyzed for sequences carrying one of the two DR3-specific binding motifs reported by Geluk et al (J. Immunol. 152:5742-5748, 1994).
  • the corresponding peptides are then synthesized and confirmed as having the ability to bind DR3 with an affinity of l ⁇ M or better, i.e., less than 1 ⁇ M.
  • Peptides are found that meet this binding criterion and qualify as HLA class II high affinity binders.
  • DR3 binding epitopes identified in this manner are included in vaccine compositions with DR supermotif-bearing peptide epitopes.
  • the class II motif-bearing peptides are analoged to improve affinity or cross-reactivity.
  • aspartic acid at position 4 of the 9-mer core sequence is an optimal residue for DR3 binding, and substitution for that residue often improves DR 3 binding.
  • Example 14 Immunogenicity of 101 P3 All -derived HTL epitopes This example determines immunogenic DR supermotif- and DR3 motif-bearing epitopes among those identified using the methodology set forth herein.
  • Immunogenicity of HTL epitopes are confirmed in a manner analogous to the determination of immunogenicity of CTL epitopes, by assessing the ability to stimulate HTL responses and/or by using appropriate transgenic mouse models. Immunogenicity is determined by screening for: 1.) in vitro primary induction using normal PBMC or 2.) recall responses from patients who have 101P3A11-expressing rum.
  • Example 15 Calculation of phenotypic frequencies of HLA-supertvpes in various ethnic backgrounds to determine breadth of population coverage
  • This example illustrates the assessment of the breadth of population coverage of a vaccine composition comprised of multiple epitopes comprising multiple supermotifs and/or motifs.
  • the A3-like supertype may also include A34, A66, and A*7401, these alleles were not included in overall frequency calculations.
  • confirmed members of the A2-like supertype family are A*0201, A*0202, A*0203, A*0204, A*0205, A*0206, A*0207, A*6802, and A*6901.
  • the B7-like supertype-confirmed alleles are: B7, B*3501-03, B51, B*5301, B*5401, B*5501-2, B*5601, B*6701, and B*7801 (potentially also B*1401, B*3504-06, B*4201, and B*5602).
  • Population coverage achieved by combimng the A2-, A3- and B7-supertypes is approximately 86% in five major ethnic groups. Coverage may be extended by including peptides bearing the Al and A24 motifs. On average, Al is present in 12% and A24 in 29% of the population across five different major ethnic groups (Caucasian, North American Black, Chinese, Japanese, and Hispanic). Together, these alleles are represented with an average frequency of 39% in these same ethnic populations. The total coverage across the major ethnicities when Al and A24 are combined with the coverage of the A2-, A3- and B7-supertype alleles is >95%. An analogous approach can be used to estimate population coverage achieved with combinations of class II motif- bearing epitopes.
  • the game theory Monte Carlo simulation analysis which is known in the art (see e.g., Osborne, M.J. and Rubinstein, A. "A course in game theory” MIT Press, 1994), can be used to estimate what percentage of the individuals in a population comprised of the Caucasian, North American Black, Japanese, Chinese, and Hispanic ethnic groups would recognize the vaccine epitopes described herein. A preferred percentage is 90%. A more preferred percentage is 95%.
  • Effector cells isolated from transgenic mice that are immunized with peptide epitopes are re-stimulated in vitro using peptide-coated stimulator cells. Six days later, effector cells are assayed for cytotoxicity and the cell lines that contain peptide-specific cytotoxic activity are further re-stimulated. An additional six days later, these cell lines are tested for cytotoxic activity on 5l Cr labeled Jurkat-A2.1/K b target cells in the absence or presence of peptide, and also tested on 5l Cr labeled target cells bearing the endogenously synthesized antigen, i.e. cells that are stably transfected with 101P3A11 expression vectors.
  • transgenic mouse model The results demonstrate that CTL lines obtained from animals primed with peptide epitope recognize endogenously synthesized 101P3A11 antigen.
  • the choice of transgenic mouse model to be used for such an analysis depends upon the epitope(s) that are being evaluated.
  • HLA-A*0201/K b transgenic mice several other transgenic mouse models including mice with human Al l, which may also be used to evaluate A3 epitopes, and B7 alleles have been characterized and others (e.g., transgenic mice for HLA-Al and A24) are being developed.
  • HLA-DR 1 and HLA-DR3 mouse models have also been developed, which may be used to evaluate HTL epitopes.
  • the vaccine composition used herein comprise peptides to be administered to a patient with a 101P3A11-expressing tumor.
  • the peptide composition can comprise multiple CTL and/or HTL epitopes.
  • the epitopes are identified using methodology as described herein.
  • This example also illustrates that enhanced immunogenicity can be achieved by inclusion of one or more HTL epitopes in a CTL vaccine composition; such a peptide composition can comprise an HTL epitope conjugated to a CTL epitope.
  • the CTL epitope can be one that binds to multiple HLA family members at an affinity of 500 nM or less, or analogs of that epitope.
  • the peptides may be lipidated, if desired.
  • mice which are transgenic for the human HLA A2.1 allele and are used to confirm the immunogenicity of HLA-A*0201 motif- or HLA- ⁇ 2 supermotif-bearing epitopes, and are primed subcutaneously (base of the tail) with a 0.1 ml of peptide in Incomplete Freund's Adjuvant, or if the peptide composition is a lipidated CTL/HTL conjugate, in DMSO/saline, or if the peptide composition is a polypeptide, in PBS or Incomplete Freund's Adjuvant. Seven days after priming, splenocytes obtained from these animals are restimulated with syngenic irradiated LPS-activated lymphoblasts coated with peptide.
  • Target cells for peptide-specific cytotoxicity assays are Jurkat cells transfected with the HLA- A2.1/K b chimeric gene (e.g., Vitiello et al, J. Exp. Med. 173:1007, 1991)
  • spleen cells (30xl0 6 cells/flask) are co-cultured at 37°C with syngeneic, irradiated (3000 rads), peptide coated lymphoblasts (lOxlO 6 cells/flask) in 10 ml of culture medium/T25 flask. After six days, effector cells are harvested and assayed for cytotoxic activity.
  • Target cells 1.0 to 1.5xl0 6
  • Peptide is added where required at a concentration of 1 ⁇ g/ml.
  • 10 4 51 Cr-labeled target cells are added to different concentrations of effector cells (final volume of 200 ⁇ l) in U-bottom 96-well plates. After a six hour incubation period at 37°C, a 0.1 ml aliquot of supernatant is removed from each well and radioactivity is determined in a Micromedic automatic gamma counter.
  • percent specific release 100 x (experimental release - spontaneous release)/( maximum release - spontaneous release).
  • % 5l Cr release data is expressed as lytic units/10 6 cells.
  • One lytic unit is arbitrarily defined as the number of effector cells required to achieve 30% lysis of 10,000 target cells in a six hour 5l Cr release assay.
  • the lytic units/10 6 obtained in the absence of peptide is subtracted from the lytic units/10 6 obtained in the presence of peptide.
  • results are analyzed to assess the magnitude of the CTL responses of animals injected with the immunogenic CTL/HTL conjugate vaccine preparation and are compared to the magnitude of the CTL response achieved using, for example, CTL epitopes as outlined above in the Example entitled "Confirmation of Immunogenicity.” Analyses similar to this may be performed to confirm the immunogenicity of peptide conjugates containing multiple CTL epitopes and/or multiple HTL epitopes. In accordance with these procedures, it is found that a CTL response is induced, and concomitantly that an HTL response is induced upon administration of such compositions.
  • Example 18 Selection of CTL and HTL Epitopes for Inclusion in a 101P3All-specific Vaccine.
  • the peptides in the composition can be in the form of a nucleic acid sequence, either single or one or more sequences (i.e., minigene) that encodes peptide(s), or can be single and/or polyepitopic peptides.
  • the following principles are utilized when selecting a plurality of epitopes for inclusion in a vaccine composition. Each of the following principles is balanced in order to make the selection.
  • Epitopes are selected which, upon administration, mimic immune responses that are correlated with 101P3A11 clearance.
  • the number of epitopes used depends on observations of patients who spontaneously clear 101P3A11. For example, if it has been observed that patients who spontaneously clear 101P3A11-expressing cells generate an immune response to at least three (3) epitopes from 101P3A11 antigen, then at least three epitopes should be included for HLA class I. A similar rationale is used to determine HLA class II epitopes.
  • Epitopes are often selected that have a binding affinity of an IC 50 of 500 nM or less for an HLA class I molecule, or for class II, an IC 50 of 1000 nM or less; or HLA Class I peptides with high binding scores from the BIMAS web site, at URL bimas.dcrt.nih.gov/.
  • sufficient supermotif bearing peptides, or a sufficient array of allele-specific motif bearing peptides are selected to give broad population coverage.
  • epitopes are selected to provide at least 80% population coverage.
  • Monte Carlo analysis a statistical evaluation known in the art, can be employed to assess breadth, or redundancy, of population coverage.
  • a protein sequence for the vaccine composition is selected because it has maximal number of epitopes contained within the sequence, i.e., it has a high concentration of epitopes.
  • Epitopes may be nested or overlapping (i.e., frame shifted relative to one another). For example, with overlapping epitopes, two 9-mer epitopes and one 10- mer epitope can be present in a 10 amino acid peptide.
  • Each epitope can be exposed and bound by an HLA molecule upon administration of such a peptide.
  • a multi-epitopic, peptide can be generated synthetically, recombinantly, or via cleavage from the native source.
  • an analog can be made of this native sequence, whereby one or more of the epitopes comprise substitutions that alter the cross-reactivity and/or binding affinity properties of the polyepitopic peptide.
  • Such a vaccine composition is administered for therapeutic or prophylactic purposes.
  • This embodiment provides for the possibility that an as yet undiscovered aspect of immune system processing will apply to the native nested sequence and thereby facilitate the production of therapeutic or prophylactic immune response-inducing vaccine compositions.
  • a vaccine composition comprised of selected peptides, when administered, is safe, efficacious, and elicits an immune response similar in magnitude to an immune response that controls or clears cells that bear or overexpress 101 P3 Al l.
  • Minigene plasmids may, of course, contain various configurations of B cell, CTL and/or HTL epitopes or epitope analogs as described herein.
  • a minigene expression plasmid typically includes multiple CTL and HTL peptide epitopes.
  • HLA-A2, -A3, -B7 supermotif-bearing peptide epitopes and HLA-Al and -A24 motif-bearing peptide epitopes are used in conjunction with DR supermotif-bearing epitopes and/or DR3 epitopes.
  • HLA class I supermotif or motif-bearing peptide epitopes derived 101P3A11 are selected such that multiple supermotifs/motifs are represented to ensure broad population coverage.
  • HLA class II epitopes are selected from 101P3A11 to provide broad population coverage, i.e.
  • both HLA DR- 1-4-7 supermotif-bearing epitopes and HLA DR-3 motif-bearing epitopes are selected for inclusion in the minigene construct.
  • the selected CTL and HTL epitopes are then incorporated into a minigene for expression in an expression vector.
  • Such a construct may additionally include sequences that direct the HTL epitopes to the endoplasmic reticulum.
  • the Ii protein may be fused to one or more HTL epitopes as described in the art, wherein the CLIP sequence of the Ii protein is removed and replaced with an HLA class II epitope sequence so that HLA class II epitope is directed to the endoplasmic reticulum, where the epitope binds to an HLA class II molecules.
  • This example illustrates the methods to be used for construction of a minigene-bearing expression plasmid.
  • Other expression vectors that may be used for minigene compositions are available and known to those of skill in the art.
  • the minigene DNA plasmid of this example contains a consensus Kozak sequence and a consensus murine kappa Ig-light chain signal sequence followed by CTL and/or HTL epitopes selected in accordance with principles disclosed herein.
  • the sequence encodes an open reading frame fused to the Myc and His antibody epitope tag coded for by the pcDNA 3.1 Myc-His vector.
  • Overlapping oligonucleotides that can, for example, average about 70 nucleotides in length with 15 nucleotide overlaps, are synthesized and HPLC-purified.
  • the oligonucleotides encode the selected peptide epitopes as well as appropriate linker nucleotides, Kozak sequence, and signal sequence.
  • the final multiepitope minigene is assembled by extending the overlapping oligonucleotides in three sets of reactions using PCR.
  • a Perkin/Elmer 9600 PCR machine is used and a total of 30 cycles are performed using the following conditions: 95°C for 15 sec, annealing temperature (5° below the lowest calculated Tm of each primer pair) for 30 sec, and 72°C for 1 min.
  • the full-length dimer products are gel- purified, and two reactions containing the product of 1+2 and 3+4, and the product of 5+6 and 7+8 are mixed, annealed, and extended for 10 cycles. Half of the two reactions are then mixed, and 5 cycles of annealing and extension carried out before flanking primers are added to amplify the full length product.
  • the full-length product is gel-purified and cloned into pCR-blunt (Invitrogen) and individual clones are screened by sequencing.
  • Example 20 The Plasmid Construct and the Degree to Which It Induces Immunogenicity.
  • a plasmid construct for example a plasmid constructed in accordance with the previous Example, is able to induce immunogenicity is confirmed in vitro by determining epitope presentation by APC following transduction or transfection of the APC with an epitope-expressing nucleic acid constract. Such a study determines "antigenicity" and allows the use of human APC.
  • the assay determines the ability of the epitope to be presented by the APC in a context that is recognized by a T cell by quantifying the density of epitope-HLA class I complexes on the cell surface.
  • Quantitation can be performed by directly measuring the amount of peptide eluted from the APC (see, e.g., Sijts et al, J. Immunol. 156:683-692, 1996; Demotz et al, Nature 342:682-684, 1989); or the number of peptide-HLA class I complexes can be estimated by measuring the amount of lysis or lymphokine release induced by diseased or transfected target cells, and then determining the concentration of peptide necessary to obtain equivalent levels of lysis or lymphokine release (see, e.g., Kageyama et al, J. Immunol. 154:567-576, 1995).

Landscapes

  • Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Organic Chemistry (AREA)
  • Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
  • General Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
  • Immunology (AREA)
  • Biochemistry (AREA)
  • Biophysics (AREA)
  • Genetics & Genomics (AREA)
  • Molecular Biology (AREA)
  • Proteomics, Peptides & Aminoacids (AREA)
  • Nuclear Medicine, Radiotherapy & Molecular Imaging (AREA)
  • Gastroenterology & Hepatology (AREA)
  • Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
  • Pharmacology & Pharmacy (AREA)
  • Animal Behavior & Ethology (AREA)
  • Public Health (AREA)
  • Veterinary Medicine (AREA)
  • Toxicology (AREA)
  • Zoology (AREA)
  • General Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Medicines That Contain Protein Lipid Enzymes And Other Medicines (AREA)
  • Peptides Or Proteins (AREA)
  • Measuring Or Testing Involving Enzymes Or Micro-Organisms (AREA)
  • Medicines Containing Antibodies Or Antigens For Use As Internal Diagnostic Agents (AREA)
  • Preparation Of Compounds By Using Micro-Organisms (AREA)
  • Micro-Organisms Or Cultivation Processes Thereof (AREA)
  • Pharmaceuticals Containing Other Organic And Inorganic Compounds (AREA)

Abstract

L'invention porte sur un nouveau gène (dit 101P3A11 ou PHOR-1), sur la protéine correspondante et sur leurs variantes, le 101P3A11 présentant une expression spécifique dans les tissus adultes normaux, et une expression aberrante dans les cancers répertoriés dans la table (I). En conséquence le 101P3A11 constitue une cible pouvant servir pour les diagnostics, les pronostiques, la prophylaxie et la thérapie du cancer. Le gène 101P3A11 ou ses fragments ou la protéine correspondante, ou leurs variantes peuvent servir à provoquer une réponse immunitaire humorale ou cellulaire. Les anticorps ou cellules T réagissant avec le 101P3A11 peuvent servir à des immunisation actives ou passives.
PCT/US2002/015520 2001-05-15 2002-05-15 Acides nucleiques et proteines correspondantes dits 101p3a11 ou phor-1 servant au traitement et a la detection de cancers WO2002092842A2 (fr)

Priority Applications (7)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
IL15886002A IL158860A0 (en) 2001-05-15 2002-05-15 Nucleic acids and corresponding proteins entitled 101p3a11 or phor-1 useful in treatment and detection of cancer and pharmaceutical compositions containing the same
JP2002589708A JP2005512509A (ja) 2001-05-15 2002-05-15 癌の処置および検出において有用な１０１ｐ３ａ１１またはｐｈｏｒ−１と名称が与えられる核酸および対応するタンパク質
AU2002309873A AU2002309873B2 (en) 2001-05-15 2002-05-15 Nucleic acids and corresponding proteins entitled 101P3A11 or PHOR-1 useful in treatment and detection of cancer
EP02736898A EP1539805A4 (fr) 2001-05-15 2002-05-15 Acides nucleiques et proteines correspondantes dits 101p3a11 ou phor-1 servant au traitement et a la detection de cancers
CA002447564A CA2447564A1 (fr) 2001-05-15 2002-05-15 Acides nucleiques et proteines correspondantes dits 101p3a11 ou phor-1 servant au traitement et a la detection de cancers
IL158860A IL158860A (en) 2001-05-15 2003-11-13 101p3a11 peptides for use in vaccine preparation
AU2008200363A AU2008200363B2 (en) 2001-05-15 2008-01-18 Nucleic acids and corresponding proteins entitled 101P3A11 or PHOR-1 useful in treatment and detection of cancer

Applications Claiming Priority (6)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US29111801P 2001-05-15 2001-05-15
US60/291,118 2001-05-15
US10/001,469 US7208280B2 (en) 1999-10-05 2001-10-31 Nucleic acid and corresponding protein entitled 101P3A41 useful in treatment and detection of cancer
US10/001,469 2001-10-31
US10/017,666 2001-12-14
US10/017,066 US6838258B2 (en) 1999-10-05 2001-12-14 G protein-coupled receptor up-regulated in prostate cancer and uses thereof

Publications (2)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2002092842A2 true WO2002092842A2 (fr) 2002-11-21
WO2002092842A3 WO2002092842A3 (fr) 2005-04-21

Family

ID=38616826

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/US2002/015520 WO2002092842A2 (fr) 2001-05-15 2002-05-15 Acides nucleiques et proteines correspondantes dits 101p3a11 ou phor-1 servant au traitement et a la detection de cancers

Country Status (6)

Country Link
EP (1) EP1539805A4 (fr)
JP (1) JP2005512509A (fr)
AU (2) AU2002309873B2 (fr)
CA (1) CA2447564A1 (fr)
IL (1) IL158860A0 (fr)
WO (1) WO2002092842A2 (fr)

Cited By (7)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US6838258B2 (en) 1999-10-05 2005-01-04 Agensys, Inc. G protein-coupled receptor up-regulated in prostate cancer and uses thereof
US7208280B2 (en) 1999-10-05 2007-04-24 Agensys, Inc. Nucleic acid and corresponding protein entitled 101P3A41 useful in treatment and detection of cancer
US7361338B2 (en) 1999-10-05 2008-04-22 Agensys, Inc. Methods to inhibit growth of prostate cancer cells
JP2010151822A (ja) * 2010-01-04 2010-07-08 Agensys Inc 癌の処置および検出において有用な２４ｐ４ｃ１２と称される、核酸および対応タンパク質
US20150202273A1 (en) * 2012-09-20 2015-07-23 Rongfu Wang Prostate-specific tumor antigens and uses thereof
JP2016169216A (ja) * 2003-02-28 2016-09-23 ザ ジョンズ ホプキンス ユニバーシティＴｈｅ Ｊｏｈｎｓ Ｈｏｐｋｉｎｓ Ｕｎｉｖｅｒｓｉｔｙ Ｔ細胞調節方法
CN111549140A (zh) * 2020-06-08 2020-08-18 重庆医科大学附属第一医院 一种检测肺癌相关基因C2orf40、FIBIN和GRP甲基化的试剂盒及其应用

Citations (7)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2000020590A2 (fr) * 1998-10-06 2000-04-13 Incyte Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Proteines de recepteurs couples a des proteines g
WO2001027158A2 (fr) * 1999-10-08 2001-04-19 Digiscents Sequences de recepteurs olfactifs
US20020022248A1 (en) * 1997-02-25 2002-02-21 Jiangchun Xu Compositions and methods for the therapy and diagnosis of prostate cancer
US20030022237A1 (en) * 2000-09-27 2003-01-30 Feder John N. Novel human G-protein coupled receptor, HGPRBMY4, expressed highly in prostate, colon, and lung
US20030088059A1 (en) * 2000-03-13 2003-05-08 Sergey Zozulya Human olfactory receptors and genes encoding same
US20030113798A1 (en) * 2000-12-19 2003-06-19 Burmer Glenna C. Antigenic peptides, such as for G protein-coupled receptors (GPCRS), antibodies thereto, and systems for identifying such antigenic peptides
US20030213004A1 (en) * 1999-10-05 2003-11-13 Aya Jakobovits Nucleic acids and corresponding proteins entitled 101P3A11 or PHOR-1 useful in treatment and detection of cancer

Family Cites Families (6)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
ATE511849T1 (de) * 1996-03-11 2011-06-15 Epimmune Inc Peptide mit erhöhter bindungsaffinität für mindestens drei hla-a3-ähnliche moleküle
AU3215800A (en) * 1999-01-27 2000-08-18 Epimmune, Inc. Identification of broadly reactive hla restricted t cell epitopes
EP1220913B1 (fr) * 1999-10-05 2008-12-10 Agensys, Inc. Recepteur couple a une proteine g regule positivement dans le cancer de la prostate et utilisation
CA2403909A1 (fr) * 2000-03-27 2001-10-04 Corixa Corporation Compositions et methodes de therapie et de diagnostic du cancer de la prostate
CA2404541A1 (fr) * 2000-03-31 2001-10-11 Curagen Corporation Nouvelles proteines et acides nucleiques codant pour celles-ci
US20030108963A1 (en) * 2001-07-25 2003-06-12 Millennium Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Novel genes, compositions, kit, and methods for identification, assessment, prevention and therapy of prostate cancer

Patent Citations (7)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20020022248A1 (en) * 1997-02-25 2002-02-21 Jiangchun Xu Compositions and methods for the therapy and diagnosis of prostate cancer
WO2000020590A2 (fr) * 1998-10-06 2000-04-13 Incyte Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Proteines de recepteurs couples a des proteines g
US20030213004A1 (en) * 1999-10-05 2003-11-13 Aya Jakobovits Nucleic acids and corresponding proteins entitled 101P3A11 or PHOR-1 useful in treatment and detection of cancer
WO2001027158A2 (fr) * 1999-10-08 2001-04-19 Digiscents Sequences de recepteurs olfactifs
US20030088059A1 (en) * 2000-03-13 2003-05-08 Sergey Zozulya Human olfactory receptors and genes encoding same
US20030022237A1 (en) * 2000-09-27 2003-01-30 Feder John N. Novel human G-protein coupled receptor, HGPRBMY4, expressed highly in prostate, colon, and lung
US20030113798A1 (en) * 2000-12-19 2003-06-19 Burmer Glenna C. Antigenic peptides, such as for G protein-coupled receptors (GPCRS), antibodies thereto, and systems for identifying such antigenic peptides

Non-Patent Citations (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
See also references of EP1539805A2 *

Cited By (14)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US8236510B2 (en) 1999-10-05 2012-08-07 Agensys, Inc. Protein showing enhanced expression in cancer cells
US7208280B2 (en) 1999-10-05 2007-04-24 Agensys, Inc. Nucleic acid and corresponding protein entitled 101P3A41 useful in treatment and detection of cancer
US7351583B2 (en) 1999-10-05 2008-04-01 Agensys, Inc. Antibodies to G protein-coupled receptor
US7361338B2 (en) 1999-10-05 2008-04-22 Agensys, Inc. Methods to inhibit growth of prostate cancer cells
US6838258B2 (en) 1999-10-05 2005-01-04 Agensys, Inc. G protein-coupled receptor up-regulated in prostate cancer and uses thereof
US7795391B2 (en) 1999-10-05 2010-09-14 Agensys, Inc. Protein showing enhanced expression in cancer cells
JP2016169216A (ja) * 2003-02-28 2016-09-23 ザ ジョンズ ホプキンス ユニバーシティＴｈｅ Ｊｏｈｎｓ Ｈｏｐｋｉｎｓ Ｕｎｉｖｅｒｓｉｔｙ Ｔ細胞調節方法
US10787513B2 (en) 2003-02-28 2020-09-29 The Johns Hopkins University Methods for treatment comprising an antibody that binds CD223 protein
US10934354B2 (en) 2003-02-28 2021-03-02 The Johns Hopkins University Methods of increasing T cell immune response in the treatment of cancer
JP2010151822A (ja) * 2010-01-04 2010-07-08 Agensys Inc 癌の処置および検出において有用な２４ｐ４ｃ１２と称される、核酸および対応タンパク質
US10722563B2 (en) * 2012-09-20 2020-07-28 Shenzhen Innovation Immunotechnology Co., Ltd. Prostate-specific tumor antigens and uses thereof
US20150202273A1 (en) * 2012-09-20 2015-07-23 Rongfu Wang Prostate-specific tumor antigens and uses thereof
CN111549140A (zh) * 2020-06-08 2020-08-18 重庆医科大学附属第一医院 一种检测肺癌相关基因C2orf40、FIBIN和GRP甲基化的试剂盒及其应用
CN111549140B (zh) * 2020-06-08 2023-08-08 重庆医科大学附属第一医院 一种检测肺癌相关基因C2orf40、FIBIN和GRP甲基化的试剂盒及其应用

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
CA2447564A1 (fr) 2002-11-21
AU2008200363B2 (en) 2010-08-12
IL158860A0 (en) 2004-05-12
AU2008200363A8 (en) 2008-03-13
JP2005512509A (ja) 2005-05-12
EP1539805A4 (fr) 2005-11-16
WO2002092842A3 (fr) 2005-04-21
EP1539805A2 (fr) 2005-06-15
AU2008200363A1 (en) 2008-02-21
AU2002309873B2 (en) 2007-10-18

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US8236510B2 (en) Protein showing enhanced expression in cancer cells
US7928196B2 (en) Nucleic acid and corresponding protein entitled 125P5C8 useful in treatment and detection of cancer
US7982004B2 (en) Nucleic acid and corresponding protein entitled 161P5C5 useful in treatment and detection of cancer
US8003100B2 (en) Antibodies that bind to 238P1B2
AU2008200363B2 (en) Nucleic acids and corresponding proteins entitled 101P3A11 or PHOR-1 useful in treatment and detection of cancer
US8039603B2 (en) Nucleic acid and corresponding protein entitled 121P1F1 useful in treatment and detection of cancer
US8173381B2 (en) Nucleic acid and corresponding protein entitled 85P1B3 useful in treatment and detection of cancer
AU2002309873A1 (en) Nucleic acids and corresponding proteins entitled 101P3A11 or PHOR-1 useful in treatment and detection of cancer
US20100086985A1 (en) Nucleic acid and corresponding protein entitled 205p1b5 useful in treatment and detection of cancer
US8647826B2 (en) Nucleic acid and corresponding protein entitled 125P5C8 useful in treatment and detection of cancer
US20030091562A1 (en) Nucleic acid and corresponding protein entitled 101P3A41 useful in treatment and detection of cancer
WO2002014501A2 (fr) Acides nucleiques et proteines correspondantes appelees phor1-a11 et phor1-f5d6 utiles dans le traitement et la detection du cancer
US20030134784A1 (en) Nucleic acids and corresponding proteins entitled 83P2H3 and CaTrF2E11 useful in treatment and detection of cancer
US20040018189A1 (en) Nucleic acid and corresponding protein entitled 121P2A3 useful in treatment and detection of cancer
US20120076789A1 (en) Nucleic acid and corresponding protein entitled 121p1f1 useful in treatment and detection of cancer
IL158860A (en) 101p3a11 peptides for use in vaccine preparation

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
AK Designated states

Kind code of ref document: A2

Designated state(s): AE AG AL AM AT AU AZ BA BB BG BR BY BZ CA CH CN CO CR CU CZ DE DK DM DZ EC EE ES FI GB GD GE GH GM HR HU ID IL IN IS JP KE KG KP KR KZ LC LK LR LS LT LU LV MA MD MG MK MN MW MX MZ NO NZ OM PH PL PT RO RU SD SE SG SI SK SL TJ TM TN TR TT TZ UA UG UZ VN YU ZA ZM ZW

AL Designated countries for regional patents

Kind code of ref document: A2

Designated state(s): GH GM KE LS MW MZ SD SL SZ TZ UG ZM ZW AM AZ BY KG KZ MD RU TJ TM AT BE CH CY DE DK ES FI FR GB GR IE IT LU MC NL PT SE TR BF BJ CF CG CI CM GA GN GQ GW ML MR NE SN TD TG

121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application
WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 158860

Country of ref document: IL

Ref document number: 2002589708

Country of ref document: JP

Ref document number: 2447564

Country of ref document: CA

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 2002736898

Country of ref document: EP

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 2002309873

Country of ref document: AU

REG Reference to national code

Ref country code: DE

Ref legal event code: 8642

DFPE Request for preliminary examination filed prior to expiration of 19th month from priority date (pct application filed before 20040101)
WWP Wipo information: published in national office

Ref document number: 2002736898

Country of ref document: EP